[Title 46 CFR F]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 2006 Edition]
[Title 46 - SHIPPING]
[Chapter I - COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED)]
[Subchapter F - MARINE ENGINEERING]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
46SHIPPING22006-10-012006-10-01falseMARINE ENGINEERINGFSUBCHAPTER FSHIPPINGCOAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED)
SUBCHAPTER F_MARINE ENGINEERING
PART 50_GENERAL PROVISIONS--Table of Contents
Subpart 50.01_Basis and Purpose of Regulations
Sec.
50.01-10 Purpose of regulations.
50.01-15 Scope of regulations.
50.01-20 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
Subpart 50.05_Application
50.05-1 General.
50.05-5 Existing boilers, pressure vessels or piping systems.
50.05-10 Alterations or repairs.
50.05-15 Vessels subject to regulations in this subchapter.
50.05-20 Steam-propelled motorboats.
Subpart 50.10_Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter
50.10-1 Commandant.
50.10-5 Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.
50.10-10 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, (OCMI).
50.10-15 Marine inspector or inspector.
50.10-20 Headquarters.
50.10-23 Marine Safety Center.
50.10-25 Coast Guard Symbol.
50.10-30 Coast Guard number.
50.10-35 Constructed.
Subpart 50.20_Plan Submittal and Approval
50.20-1 General.
50.20-5 Procedures for submittal of plans.
50.20-10 Number of copies of plans required.
50.20-15 Previously approved plans.
50.20-25 Calculations.
50.20-30 Alternative materials or methods of construction.
50.20-33 Correspondence regarding approved plans.
50.20-35 Marine inspector's decisions.
50.20-40 Right of appeal.
Subpart 50.25_Acceptance of Material and Piping Components
50.25-1 General.
50.25-3 Manufacturer or mill certification.
50.25-5 Products requiring manufacturer or mill certification.
50.25-7 Testing of products required to be certified in presence of
marine inspector.
50.25-10 Acceptance of piping components by specific letter or approved
plan.
Subpart 50.30_Fabrication Inspection
50.30-1 Scope.
50.30-10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels.
50.30-15 Class II pressure vessels.
50.30-20 Class III pressure vessels.
Authority: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security
Delegation No. 0170.1; Section 50.01-20 also issued under the authority
of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
Subpart 50.01_Basis and Purpose of Regulations
Sec. 50.01-10 Purpose of regulations.
(a) The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set
forth minimum requirements for marine engineering details for various
types of vessels in accordance with the intent of title 52 of the
Revised Statutes and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto as
well as to implement various international conventions for safety of
life at sea and other treaties, which contain requirements affecting
marine engineering. The regulations in this subchapter have the force of
law.
(b) All marine engineering details, such as boilers, pressure
vessels, main and auxiliary machinery, piping, valves, and fittings,
shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the
provisions of this subchapter, except when specifically modified by the
regulations in another subchapter in this chapter for a particular type
of vessel or where a specific installation may be required or permitted.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept.
18, 1995]
Sec. 50.01-15 Scope of regulations.
(a) This subchapter provides the specifications, standards and
requirements for strength and adequacy of design, construction,
installation, inspection, and choice of materials for machinery,
boilers, pressure vessels, safety valves,
[[Page 110]]
and piping systems upon which safety of life is dependent.
(b) Since this subchapter contains the marine engineering details,
it implements the requirements for inspection and certification of
vessels as set forth in other subchapters for specific types of vessels.
Sec. 50.01-20 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current OMB
46 CFR Part or Section where Identified or Described Control No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parts 50 through 64..................................... 1625-0097
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 88-072, 53 FR 34297,
Sept. 6, 1988; USCG-2004-18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004]
Subpart 50.05_Application
Sec. 50.05-1 General.
(a) The regulations in this subchapter shall apply to the marine
engineering details of installations on vessels required to be inspected
and certificated under other subchapters in this chapter as described in
Sec. 50.01-10.
(b) The regulations in this subchapter are not retroactive in
effect, except as provided in Sec. 50.05-5 or Sec. 50.05-10, or if
specifically so provided for at the time specific regulations are
amended or added.
(c) The requirements in this subchapter revised or added subsequent
to July 1, 1969, shall be applicable to the installations contracted for
after the effective dates of such requirements. Normally, materials,
items of equipment, or installations in vessels which have been accepted
and passed as satisfactory and meeting the applicable requirements in
this subchapter then in effect and which are maintained in good and
serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, may be continued in use until replacement is deemed
necessary by such officer or as specified in the regulations.
(d) Items of equipment, which are in use on vessels, previously
approved by the Commandant but not complying with the latest
specification requirements may be continued in use so long as they are
maintained in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, until replacement is deemed
necessary by such officer or as specified in the regulations.
(e) Industrial systems and components on mobile offshore drilling
units must meet subpart 58.60 of this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR
56799, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; USCG-2000-
7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 50.05-5 Existing boilers, pressure vessels or piping systems.
(a) Whenever doubt exists as to the safety of an existing boiler,
pressure vessel, or piping system, the marine inspector may require that
it be gaged or checked to determine the extent of deterioration, and if
necessary for safety may require the recalculation and reduction of the
maximum allowable working pressure.
(b) For the purpose of recalculating the maximum allowable working
pressure of boilers, pressure vessels, or piping which have deteriorated
in service, the applicable design formulas in effect at the time it was
contracted for or built or the currently effective design formulas in
this subchapter shall be used: Provided, That such recalculation based
on currently effective design formulas in this subchapter does not
permit a higher pressure than that originally allowed by the regulations
in effect at the time such work was contracted for or built.
(c) When existing vessels are reboilered, the mountings and
attachments shall be renewed in accordance
[[Page 111]]
with the regulations in this subchapter in effect at the time such
reboilering work is contracted for. The existing steam piping shall be
examined. Those portions which are in good condition and comply with
minimum thickness requirements in effect at the time such reboilering
work is contracted for may be continued in service. The steam piping
replaced shall be in accordance with the regulations in this subchapter
in effect for new construction.
(d) For the purpose of this section, existing equipment includes
only items which have previously met all Coast Guard requirements for
installation aboard a vessel certificated by the Coast Guard, including
requirements for design, fabrication, testing, and inspection at the
time the equipment was new.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9430, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 50.05-10 Alterations or repairs.
(a) When alteration or repair of boilers, pressure vessels,
machinery, safety valves or piping systems becomes necessary, the work
shall be done under the cognizance of the Officer in Charge Marine
Inspection. It shall be done in accordance with the regulations in
effect at the time such vessel or installation was contracted for or
built (whichever is latest), or in accordance with the regulations in
effect for new construction.
(b) When alterations or repairs are made to a U.S. flag vessel in a
port or place not in the United States, a notice containing details of
the proposed alterations or repairs must be submitted to the appropriate
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR
56799, Dec. 4, 1978]
Sec. 50.05-15 Vessels subject to regulations in this subchapter.
(a) Passenger vessels, tank vessels, cargo and miscellaneous
vessels, nautical schoolships, mobile offshore drilling units, and
oceanographic vessels are subject to the regulations in this subchapter
to the extent prescribed by various laws and regulations as described in
Sec. 50.01-1. The applicable provisions in this subchapter shall apply
to all such U.S. flag vessels, and to all such foreign vessels which
carry passengers from any port in the United States except as follows:
(1) Any vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and which has on board a
current, valid Convention certificate attesting to the sufficiency of
the marine engineering details as prescribed by applicable regulations
in this chapter.
(2) Any vessel of a foreign nation having inspection laws
approximating those of the United States together with reciprocal
inspection arrangements with the United States, and which has on board a
current, valid certificate of inspection issued by its government under
such arrangements.
(3) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not
navigable waters of the United States.
(4) Any vessel laid up and dismantled and out of commission.
(5) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime
Administration, any vessel with the title vested in the United States
and which is used for public purposes.
(b) Notwithstanding the exceptions previously noted in paragraphs
(a) (1) and (2) of this section, foreign vessels of novel design or
construction or whose operation involves potential unusual risks shall
be subject to inspection to the extent necessary to safeguard life and
property in U.S. ports, as further provided by Sec. 2.01-13 in
subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR
56799, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 80-161, 48 FR 15472, Apr. 11, 1983; CGD 90-008,
55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 50.05-20 Steam-propelled motorboats.
(a) The requirements covering design of the propelling engine,
boiler, and the auxiliary machinery, and the inspection thereof on all
motor boats which are more than 40 feet in length and which are
propelled by machinery driven by steam shall be in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this subchapter.
[[Page 112]]
(b) If the engines, boilers, and auxiliary machinery are found to be
in safe operating condition at the initial or subsequent periodical
inspection, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a
letter to that effect. Such letter shall be posted on the vessel under
glass. The letter will be valid for a specified period of time, as
determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner,
within 30 days prior to its expiration, shall make application to the
nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection for a renewal thereof.
Subpart 50.10_Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter
Sec. 50.10-1 Commandant.
The term Commandant means the Commandant U.S. Coast Guard.
Sec. 50.10-5 Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.
The term Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander means
an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to
command all Coast Guard activities within his district, which include
the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II, Title
46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations under
these statutes.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
Sec. 50.10-10 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, (OCMI).
The term Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, (OCMI) means any
person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard
designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence
and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is in charge of an
inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to the
inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II, Title 46,
U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations under these
statutes.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
Sec. 50.10-15 Marine inspector or inspector.
The term marine inspector or inspector means any person from the
civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under the
superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, or any other person as may be designated for the performance
of duties with respect to the inspections, enforcement and the
administration of Subtitle II, Title, 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title
33, U.S. Code, and regulations under these statutes.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
Sec. 50.10-20 Headquarters.
The term Headquarters means the Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard, Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34534, Sept. 7, 1988]
Sec. 50.10-23 Marine Safety Center.
The term Marine Safety Center refers to the Commanding Officer, U.S.
Coast Guard, Marine Safety Center, 400 7th St., SW., Washington, DC
20590.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40597, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 50.10-25 Coast Guard Symbol.
(a) The term Coast Guard Symbol means that impression stamped on the
nameplates of boilers, pressure vessels, and safety valves by a marine
inspector upon the satisfactory completion of the tests and inspection
of the product. It may also be used by a marine inspector to identify
workmanship test plates and welding samples.
(b) The impression of the Coast Guard Symbol for stamping nameplates
and specimens is shown in Figure 50.10-25(b).
[[Page 113]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.018
Figure 50.10-25(b)--Coast Guard Symbol
Sec. 50.10-30 Coast Guard number.
(a) The Coast Guard number means that number assigned to boilers and
pressure vessels by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, who makes
the final tests and inspections.
(b) The Coast Guard number shall be stamped on the nameplates of
boilers and pressure vessels.
(c) The Coast Guard number is comprised of the following:
(1) Three capital letters which identify the office of the issuing
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (see Table 50.10-30); followed by,
(2) An OCMI serial number, by which the particular boiler or
pressure vessel can be identified; the first two digits of which will
identify the calendar year the number was assigned.
Table 50.10-30--Marine Safety Office Identification Letters in Coast
Guard Numbers for Boilers and Pressure Vessels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identification Marine Safety Office
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALB....................................... Albany.
ANC....................................... Anchorage.
BAL....................................... Baltimore.
BOS....................................... Boston.
BUF....................................... Buffalo.
CHA....................................... Charleston.
CHI....................................... Chicago.
CIN....................................... Cincinnati.
CLE....................................... Cleveland.
COR....................................... Corpus Christi.
DET....................................... Detroit.
DUL....................................... Duluth.
GAL....................................... Galveston.
GUA....................................... Guam.
HON....................................... Honolulu.
HOU....................................... Houston.
HRV....................................... Hampton Roads, VA.
HUN....................................... Huntington.
JAC....................................... Jacksonville.
JUN....................................... Juneau.
LIS....................................... Long Island.
LOS....................................... Los Angeles.
LOU....................................... Louisville.
MEM....................................... Memphis.
MIA....................................... Miami.
MIL....................................... Milwaukee.
MIN....................................... Minneapolis.
MOB....................................... Mobile.
MOR....................................... Morgan City.
NAS....................................... Nashville.
NEW....................................... New Orleans.
NYC....................................... New York.
PAD....................................... Paducah.
PAT....................................... Port Arthur.
PHI....................................... Philadelphia.
PIT....................................... Pittsburgh.
POM....................................... Portland, ME.
POR....................................... Portland, OR.
PRO....................................... Providence.
ROT....................................... Rotterdam.
SAV....................................... Savannah.
SDC....................................... San Diego.
SEA....................................... Seattle.
SFC....................................... San Francisco.
SIM....................................... Saint Ignace.
SJP....................................... San Juan.
SLM....................................... St. Louis.
STB....................................... Sturgeon Bay.
TAM....................................... Tampa.
TOL....................................... Toledo.
VAL....................................... Valdez.
WNC....................................... Wilmington, NC.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9975, June 17, 1970; CGD 74-219, 39 FR 40158, Nov. 14, 1974; CGD 78-
161, 44 FR 13492, Mar. 12, 1979; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29,
2000]
Sec. 50.10-35 Constructed.
The term constructed means the keel has been laid or, for vessels
with no keel, assembly of at least 50 tons or 1% of the estimated mass
of all structural material, whichever is less, has been completed.
[CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]
Subpart 50.20_Plan Submittal and Approval
Sec. 50.20-1 General.
(a) The required vessel, equipment, or installation plans, as listed
in this subchapter, are general in character, but include all plans
which normally show the intended construction and safety features coming
under the cognizance of the Coast Guard. In a particular
[[Page 114]]
case, however, not all of the plans enumerated may be applicable, and in
such cases the Coast Guard will so notify the submitter.
(b) Manufacturers of pressure vessels and other components, which
require specific fabrication inspection in accordance with the
requirements of this subchapter, shall submit and obtain approval of the
applicable construction plans prior to the commencement of such
fabrication. Manufacturers of automatically controlled boilers shall
submit and obtain approval of the applicable control system plans prior
to installation of the boiler. Manufacturers of boilers which must meet
the requirements of part 52 of this subchapter shall submit the
applicable construction plans for review prior to installation.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9431, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 50.20-5 Procedures for submittal of plans.
(a) As the relative locations of shipyards, design offices, and
Coast Guard offices vary throughout the country, no specific routing
will be required in the submittal of plans. In general, one of the
procedures outlined in this section apply, but if a more expeditious
procedure can be used, there will normally be no objection to it.
(b) The plans may be submitted in duplicate to the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection, at or nearest the place where the vessel is
to be built. Alternatively, the plans may be submitted in triplicate to
the Marine Safety Center.
(c) In the case of classed vessels, upon specific request by the
submitter, the American Bureau of Shipping will arrange to forward the
necessary plans to the Coast Guard indicating its action thereon. In
this case, the plans will be returned directly to the submitter as noted
in paragraph (c) of this section.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34534, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012,
60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995]
Sec. 50.20-10 Number of copies of plans required.
(a) Three copies of each plan are normally required so that one copy
can be returned to the submitter. If the submitter desires additional
copies of approved plans, a suitable number should be submitted to
permit the required distribution.
Sec. 50.20-15 Previously approved plans.
(a) A manufacturer wishing to fabricate equipment in accordance with
a plan previously approved (including work accomplished under a
different contract) shall not be required to resubmit such plans
provided:
(1) Certification is submitted that the proposed equipment conforms
in every respect to the plan previously approved, and such certification
contains the drawing number, title, date, and last revision or change
date, and date of previous approval;
(2) The current regulations, including adopted specifications,
standards or codes, pertaining to the proposed equipment are the same as
those current when the original plan was approved; and
(3) A copy of the approved plan is available for review by the
approving office.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40598, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 50.20-25 Calculations.
(a) Calculations shall be forwarded with plans submitted for
approval and shall clearly substantiate compliance with the regulations
in this subchapter. Care shall be taken to identify sources of
equations, factors and other information upon which the calculations are
based.
(b) The results of the calculations, such as the maximum allowable
working pressure (MAWP), test pressure, and safety device settings,
shall be clearly identified.
Sec. 50.20-30 Alternative materials or methods of construction.
(a) When new or alternative procedures, designs, or methods of
construction are submitted for approval and for
[[Page 115]]
which no regulations have been provided, the Commandant will act
regarding the approval or disapproval thereof.
(b) If, in the development of industrial arts, improved materials or
methods of construction are developed, their use in lieu of those
specified will be given consideration upon formal application to the
Commandant, with full information as to their characteristics, together
with such scientific data and evidence as may be necessary to establish
the suitability of such materials or methods of construction for the
purpose intended.
Sec. 50.20-33 Correspondence regarding approved plans.
(a) The Coast Guard maintains records concerning plans,
calculations, etc., of equipment approved in accordance with the
regulations in this subchapter for 5 years. After 5 years from the date
of original approval of a drawing, plan or calculation and related
correspondence, any submittal or correspondence which refers to such
documents shall be accompanied by copies of the documents, including
pertinent correspondence.
Sec. 50.20-35 Marine inspector's decisions.
(a) When it becomes necessary for a marine inspector to make
decisions on matters covered by the regulations in this subchapter or by
requirements in referenced specifications, standards or codes, the
inspector shall inform the owner or his representative of the
requirement, which will be identified by source, section and paragraph
number, on which the decisions are based. Whenever it is necessary to
make decisions in matters not specifically covered by the regulations in
this subchapter or by referenced requirements, the marine inspector
shall clearly state the reasons which caused him to arrive at such
decisions.
(b) If the owner or his representative disagrees with a decision
made by the marine inspector, he shall take up the matter with the local
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner or his representative
may appeal the decision of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in
accordance with Sec. 50.20-40.
Sec. 50.20-40 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal
therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]
Subpart 50.25_Acceptance of Material and Piping Components
Sec. 50.25-1 General.
(a) Materials and piping components used in the construction of
boilers, pressure vessels, pressure piping systems, and related
components are accepted by review of manufacturer or mill certificates
under Sec. 50.25-3 of this part, product marking in accordance with an
adopted industry standard, or technical information indicating their
compliance with the requirements of this subchapter.
(b) Plate, bar stock, pipe, tube, pipe joining fittings (tees,
elbows, reducers, etc.), bolting, castings, forgings, and flanges, are
accepted by review of manufacturer or mill certificates under Sec. Sec.
50.25-3, 50.25-5, and 50.25-7 of this part.
(c) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, and special purpose fittings
complying with an adopted industry standard and marked in accordance
with the standard are accepted through review of the marking indicating
compliance with the adopted industry standard.
(d) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, special purpose fittings,
and pipe joining fittings not complying with an adopted industry
standard are accepted for use on a case-by-case basis. Acceptance is
granted by the Marine Safety Center or the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, having cognizance over the installation of the product. To
obtain acceptance of a product, the manufacturer must submit, via the
vessel owner or representative, the information described in Sec.
50.25-10 of this part to the Marine Safety Center or the cognizant
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
[[Page 116]]
(e) Components designed for hydraulic service which require shock
testing under Sec. 58.30-15(f) of this chapter and nonmetallic flexible
hose assemblies must be accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE).
Manufacturers desiring acceptance of these products must submit
information necessary to show compliance with Sec. Sec. 56.60-25(c) or
58.30-15 of this chapter, as applicable. Acceptance of specific
installations of acceptable nonmetallic flexible hose assemblies and
shock tested hydraulic components is granted by the Marine Safety Center
or the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as described in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(f) The vessel owner or representative shall make available to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the manufacturer or mill
certificates, specific letters of acceptance, or approved plans
necessary to verify that piping components comply with the requirements
of this subchapter.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR
50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-
2004-18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004]
Sec. 50.25-3 Manufacturer or mill certification.
(a) A manufacturer or mill producing materials used in certain
products for installation on inspected vessels, shall issue a
certificate or mill test report which shall report the results of
chemical analysis and mechanical properties required by the ASTM
specification.
(b) This certificate shall be made available to the marine inspector
and Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon request to the
fabricator. (For exception refer to Sec. 50.25-5(d).)
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40598, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 50.25-5 Products requiring manufacturer or mill certification.
(a) Products required to be certified by a manufacturer or by mill
certificate shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with the
applicable specifications. Such products will not normally be subject to
mill inspection by the Coast Guard except as required by Sec. 50.25-7.
(b) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having cognizance over
the installation of the products required to be certified shall ensure
that adequate control has been exercised to identify the product with
its manufacturer or mill certificate.
(c) In the event that the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,
determines that handling of a product has been such that proper
identification is not possible, he may:
(1) Require testing in his presence based on the applicable material
or fabrication specification; or
(2) Reject the product on the basis that it cannot be properly
identified.
(d) A product conforming to an acceptable material specification
may, at the discretion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, be
accepted without referring to its manufacturer or mill certification,
if:
(1) The product is marked in accordance with the identification
marking requirements of the specification;
(2) The marking alone is sufficient to identify that specification;
and
(3) In the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the
application of the product does not require knowledge of the exact
chemical analysis or mechanical properties enumerated on the
manufacturer or mill certificate.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40598, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 50.25-7 Testing of products required to be certified in presence of
marine inspector.
(a) Certified products are not normally tested in the presence of a
marine inspector. The Commandant may, however, assign a marine inspector
to witness tests required by the applicable specifications to satisfy
himself that the requirements are met.
(b) Marine inspectors shall have free entry at all times to those
parts of the plant where material subject to the regulations in this
subchapter is being manufactured. The manufacturer shall provide marine
inspectors all reasonable facilities to satisfy them that the material
is being manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the
Commandant.
[[Page 117]]
(c) Unless otherwise authorized, required tests and inspections
described in applicable specifications shall be made at the place of
manufacture prior to shipment. Unless otherwise specified, tests shall
be performed at room temperature. These tests when performed in the
presence of a marine inspector will be so conducted as not to interfere
unnecessarily with the operation of the plant.
(d) Marine inspectors shall assure themselves that test specimens
are marked for positive identification with the materials which they
represent.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40599, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 50.25-10 Acceptance of piping components by specific letter or
approved plan.
(a) A manufacturer of a piping component which does not comply with
an adopted industry standard and requires acceptance by specific letter
or approved plan must do the following:
(1) Submit an engineering type catalog or representative drawings of
the component which includes the pressure and temperature ratings of the
component and identify the service for which it is intended.
(2) Identify materials used to fabricate the component. Materials
must meet the requirements of subpart 56.60 of this chapter. If the
component is not manufactured to accepted material specifications, the
manufacturer must prove equivalency to accepted material specifications
by comparing details of the materials' chemical composition, mechanical
properties, method of manufacture, and complete chemical and mechanical
test results with an accepted material specification.
(3) Identify the industry standard, if any, to which the component
is manufactured.
(4) Submit a description of nondestructive testing performed on the
component.
(5) Submit a description of the marking applied to the component.
(6) Submit information showing compliance with the requirements of
part 56, subparts 56.15, 56.20, 56.25, 56.30, or 56.35 of this chapter,
as applicable.
(7) Submit any additional information necessary to evaluate the
component's acceptability for its intended application.
(b) If the component is found to comply with the requirements of
this subchapter, the component is designated as acceptable for its
intended installation. This acceptance is in the form of a specific
letter relating directly to the particular component or in the form of
an approved piping system plan in which the component is identified as
an integral part.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989]
Subpart 50.30_Fabrication Inspection
Sec. 50.30-1 Scope.
(a) The manufacturer shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, of the intended fabrication of pressure vessels that will
require Coast Guard inspection.
(b) For exemption of certain pressure vessels from shop inspection
see Sec. 54.01-15 of this subchapter.
(c) For a classification delineation of boilers and pressure vessels
refer to Tables 54.01-5(a) and 54.01-5(b) of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9431, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 50.30-10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels.
(a) Classes I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels shall be subject to
shop inspection at the plant where they are being fabricated, or when
determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) The manufacturer shall submit Class I, I-L and II-L pressure
vessels, as defined in Parts 54 and 56 of this subchapter for shop
inspection at such stages of fabrication as may be requested by the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
[CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 50.30-15 Class II pressure vessels.
(a) Class II pressure vessels shall be subject to shop inspections
at the plant where they are being fabricated, as or
[[Page 118]]
when determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
The inspections described in this section are required, unless
specifically exempted by other regulations in this subchapter.
(b) The first inspection of Class II welded pressure vessels shall
be performed during the welding of the longitudinal joint. At this time
the marine inspector shall check the material and fit-up of the work,
and ascertain that only welders who have passed the required tests are
employed.
(c) A second inspection of Class II welded pressure vessels shall be
made during the welding of the circumferential joints. At this time the
marine inspector shall check any new material being used which may not
have been examined at the time of the first inspection, also the fit-up
of the vessel at this stage of fabrication, and in addition, observe the
welding and ascertain that only welders who have passed the required
tests are employed.
Sec. 50.30-20 Class III pressure vessels.
(a) Class III pressure vessels shall be subject to shop inspection
at the plant where they are being fabricated, as or when determined
necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The inspection
described in this section is required, unless specifically exempted by
other regulations in this subchapter.
(b) For Class III welded pressure vessels, one inspection shall be
made during the welding of the longitudinal joint. If there is no
longitudinal joint, the inspection shall be made during the welding of a
circumferential joint. At this time the marine inspector shall check the
material and fit-up of the work and see that only welders who have
passed the required tests are employed.
PART 51 [RESERVED]
PART 52_POWER BOILERS--Table of Contents
Subpart 52.01_General Requirements
Sec.
52.01-1 Incorporation by reference.
52.01-2 Adoption of section I of the ASME Code.
52.01-3 Definitions of terms used in this part.
52.01-5 Plans.
52.01-10 Automatic controls.
52.01-35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, and heating
boilers.
52.01-40 Materials and workmanship.
52.01-50 Fusible plugs (modifies A-19 through A-21).
52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.
52.01-90 Materials (modifies PG-5 through PG-13).
52.01-95 Design (modifies PG-16 through PG-31 and PG-100).
52.01-100 Openings and compensation (modifies PG-32 through PG-39, PG-42
through PG-55).
52.01-105 Piping, valves and fittings (modifies PG-58 and PG-59).
52.01-110 Water-level indicators, water columns, gauge-glass
connections, gauge cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG-
60).
52.01-115 Feedwater supply (modifies PG-61).
52.01-120 Safety valves and safety relief valves (modifies PG-67 through
PG-73).
52.01-130 Installation.
52.01-135 Inspection and tests (modifies PG-90 through PG-100).
52.01-140 Certification by stamping (modifies PG-104 through PG-113).
52.01-145 Manufacturers' data report forms (modifies PG-112 and PG-113).
Subpart 52.05_Requirements for Boilers Fabricated by Welding
52.05-1 General (modifies PW-1 through PW-54).
52.05-15 Heat treatment (modifies PW-10).
52.05-20 Radiographic and ultrasonic examination (modifies PW-11 and PW-
41.1).
52.05-30 Minimum requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW-16).
52.05-45 Circumferential joints in pipes, tubes and headers (modifies
PW-41).
Subpart 52.15_Requirements for Watertube Boilers
52.15-1 General (modifies PWT-1 through PWT-15).
52.15-5 Tube connections (modifies PWT-9 and PWT-11).
Subpart 52.20_Requirements for Firetube Boilers
52.20-1 General (modifies PFT-1 through PFT-49).
52.20-17 Opening between boiler and safety valve (modifies PFT-44).
52.20-25 Setting (modifies PFT-46).
[[Page 119]]
Subpart 52.25_Other Boiler Types
52.25-1 General.
52.25-3 Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH-1).
52.25-5 Miniature boiler (modifies PMB-1 through PMB-21).
52.25-7 Electric boilers (modifies PEB-1 through PEB-19).
52.25-10 Organic fluid vaporizer generators (modifies PVG-1 through PVG-
12).
52.25-15 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
52.25-20 Exhaust gas boilers.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No.
0170.1.
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
Subpart 52.01_General Requirements
Sec. 52.01-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the
public. All approved material is on file at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office
of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in
paragraph (b) of this section or at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers, July 1989
with 1989 addenda........52.01-2; 52.01-5; 52.01-50; 52.01-90; 52.01-95;
52.01-100; 52.01-105; 52.01-110; 52.01-115; 52.01-120; 52.01-
135; 52.01-140; 52.01-145; 52.05-1; 52.05-15; 52.05-20; 52.05-
30; 52.05-45; 52.15-1; 52.15-5; 52.20-1; 52.20-17; 52.20-25;
52.25-3; 52.25-5; 52.25-7; 52.25-10
[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR
50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-
1999-6216, 64 FR 53224, Oct. 1, 1999]
Sec. 52.01-2 Adoption of section I of the ASME Code.
(a) Main power boilers and auxiliary boilers shall be designed,
constructed, inspected, tested, and stamped in accordance with section I
of the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code, as limited,
modified, or replaced by specific requirements in this part. The
provisions in the appendix to section I of the ASME Code are adopted and
shall be followed when the requirements in section I make them
mandatory. For general information Table 52.01-1(a) lists the various
paragraphs in section I of the ASME Code which are limited, modified, or
replaced by regulations in this part.
Table 52.01-1(a)--Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of
Section I of the ASME Code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code\1\ and
disposition Unit of this part
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PG-1 replaced by......................... 54.01-5(a)
PG-5 through PG-13 modified by........... 52.01-90
PG-16 through PG-31 modified by.......... 52.01-95
PG-32 through PG-39 modified by.......... 52.01-100
PG-42 through PG-55 modified by.......... 52.01-100
PG-58 and PG-59 modified by.............. 52.01-105
PG-60 modified by........................ 52.01-110
PG-61 modified by........................ 52.01-115
(56.50-30)
PG-67 through PG-73 modified by.......... 52.01-120
PG-90 through PG-100 modified by......... 52.01-135
(52.01-95)
PG-91 modified by........................ 52.01-135(b)
PG-99 modified by........................ 52.01-135(c)
PG-100 modified by....................... 52.01-95(e)
PG-104 through PG-113 modified by........ 52.01-140(a)
PG-112 and PG-113 modified by............ 52.01-145
PW-1 through PW-54 modified by........... 52.05-1
PW-10 modified by........................ 52.05-15
PW-11.1 modified by...................... 52.05-20
PW-16 modified by........................ 52.05-30
PW-41 modified by........................ 52.05-20, 52.05-45
PWT-1 through PWT-15 modified by......... 52.15-1
PWT-9 modified by........................ 52.15-5
PWT-9.2 replaced by...................... 52.15-5(b)
PWT-11 modified by....................... 52.15-5
PWT-11.3 replaced by..................... 52.15-5(b)
PFT-1 through PFT-49 modified by......... 52.20-1
PFT-44 modified by....................... 52.20-17
PFT-46. modified by...................... 52.20-25
PFH-1 modified by........................ 52.25-3
PMB-1 through PMB-21 modified by......... 52.25-5
PEB-1 through PEB-19 modified by......... 52.25-7
PVG-1 through PVG-12 modified by......... 52.25-10
[[Page 120]]
A-19 through A-21 modified by............ 52.01-50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded.
The first letter ``P'' refers to section I, while the letter ``A''
refers to the appendix to section I. The letter or letters following
``P'' refer to a specific subsection of section I. The number
following the letter or letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in
the text.
(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph PG-1, indicate:
P=Section I, Power Boilers ASME Code.
G=Subsection--General.
1=Paragraph 1.
(c) When a section or paragraph of the regulations in this part
relates to material in section I of the ASME Code, the relationship with
the code will be shown immediately following the heading of the section
or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:
(1) (Modifies P ------.) This indicates that the material in P ----
-- is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.
(2) (Replaces P ------.) This indicates that P ------ does not
apply.
(3) (Reproduces P ------.) This indicates that P ------ is being
identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9975, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985.
Redesignated and amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991]
Sec. 52.01-3 Definitions of terms used in this part.
(a) Types of boilers--(1) Main power boiler. A main power boiler is
a steam boiler used for generating steam for main propulsion.
(2) Auxiliary or donkey boiler. An auxiliary or donkey boiler is a
steam boiler used for all purposes, including emergency propulsion, for
which steam may be required other than main propulsion.
(3) Watertube boiler. A watertube boiler is a steam boiler in which
the boiler tubes contain water and steam. The heat is applied to the
outside surface of the tubes.
(4) Internally fired firetube boiler (scotch boiler). An internally
fired firetube boiler is a steam boiler containing furnaces, one or more
combustion chambers and tubes or flues, which are surrounded by water
and through which the products of combustion pass from the furnace to
the uptake. In such boilers no part of the shell is in contact with the
fire or products of combustion.
(5) Externally fired firetube or flue boiler (horizontal return
tubular). An externally fired firetube or flue boiler is a steam boiler,
part of the outer shell of which is exposed to fire or to the products
of combustion, and containing flues through which such products pass
from the furnace to the uptake.
(6) High temperature water boiler. A high temperature water boiler
is a boiler containing water at a temperature exceeding 250 [deg]F.
(7) Packaged boiler. A packaged boiler is a steam boiler equipped,
and shipped complete with fuel burning equipment, mechanical draft
equipment, feed water apparatus and all necessary controls for manual or
automatic operation, all completely mounted on a common base and
requiring only to be connected to fuel, water and electric supplies to
be ready for use.
(8) Fired steam boiler. A pressure vessel in which steam is
generated by the application of heat resulting from the combustion of
fuel is classed as a fired steam boiler.
(9) Unfired steam boiler. A pressure vessel in which steam is
generated by means other than fuel combustion is classed as an unfired
steam boiler. (See Sec. 54.01-10 of this subchapter.)
(10) Hybrid boiler. A hybrid boiler is a steam boiler whose design
employs features from both watertube and firetube boilers.
(b) Parts of boilers--(1) Shell. The shell is the structure forming
the outer envelope of a boiler drum, or pressure vessel consisting of
one or more plates properly joined (or of seamless construction) as
specified in this part. This does not include tube sheets or heads.
(2) Heads. The heads are the ends of a boiler or pressure vessel.
They may be flat or dished, stayed or unstayed.
(i) Dished heads. Dished heads are heads formed to a segment of a
sphere
[[Page 121]]
or to a hemispherical or elliptical section and may be attached to the
shell so that the pressure will be either on the concave or on the
convex side.
(ii) Stayed heads. Stayed heads are heads supported in whole or in
part by stays, furnaces, flues, tubes, etc.
(3) Water wall. A water wall is a series of tubes or elements spaced
along or integral with a wall of a furnace to protect the wall and
provide additional heating surface.
(4) Header. A header is a hollow forging, pipe, or welded plate of
cylindrical, square, or rectangular cross section, serving as a manifold
to which tubes are connected.
(5) Superheater. A superheater is an appliance for the purpose of
increasing the temperature of steam.
(6) Economizer. An economizer is a feed-water heater usually located
in the uptake or casing of a boiler to absorb heat from the waste gases.
(7) Domes. Domes are superstructures of shells, attached by
riveting, bolting, or welding. They generally consist of a cylindrical
shell with one end flanged for attachment to the main shell and the
other end closed by a head which may be integral with, riveted, or
welded to the shell.
(8) Steam chimneys. Steam chimneys are superstructures of steam
boilers which are fitted with a lining inside of which the products of
combustion pass to the smokestack. They may be constructed in the form
of a dome integral with the boiler or as independent steam vessels
connected by piping to the boiler.
(9) Furnace. A furnace is a firebox or a large flue in which the
fuel is burned.
(i) Corrugated furnace. A corrugated furnace is a cylindrical shell
wherein corrugations are formed circumferentially for additional
strength and to provide for expansion.
(ii) Plain furnace. A plain furnace is a cylindrical shell usually
made in sections joined by means of riveting or welding.
(10) Combustion chamber. A combustion chamber is that part of an
internally fired boiler in which combustible gases may be burned after
leaving the furnace.
(i) Separate combustion chamber. A separate combustion chamber is a
combustion chamber which is connected to one furnace only.
(ii) Common combustion chamber. A common combustion chamber is a
combustion chamber connected to two or more furnaces in a boiler.
(iii) Crown or top plate. A crown or top plate is the top of a
combustion chamber and is usually supported by girder stays or by sling
stays or braces.
(iv) Curved bottom plate. A curved bottom plate is the bottom of a
separate combustion chamber formed to an arc of a circle and usually
designed to be self-supporting.
(v) Combustion chamber tube sheet. A combustion chamber tube sheet
is the plate forming the end of a combustion chamber in which the tubes
are secured.
(vi) Combustion chamber back sheet. A combustion chamber back sheet
is the plate opposite the tube sheet forming the back of the combustion
chamber. It is usually stayed to the back head of the boiler by means of
screw staybolts, or, in the case of double-ended boilers, to the back of
the combustion chamber of the other end of the boiler.
(11) Flues. Flues are cylindrical shells made of seamless or welded
tubing, or with a riveted longitudinal joint, the ends being attached by
riveting or welding. Their purpose is to provide additional heating
surface and to form a path for the products of combustion.
(12) Tubes. Tubes are cylindrical shells of comparatively small
diameter constituting the main part of the heating surface of a boiler
or superheater.
(i) Seamless tube. A seamless tube is a tube without any
longitudinal joint.
(ii) Electric-resistance-welded tube. An electric-resistance-welded
tube is a tube the longitudinal joint of which is made by the electric-
resistance butt welding process.
(iii) Stay tube. A stay tube is a thickwalled tube, the end of which
is usually thickened by upsetting to compensate for threading. Such
tubes are used for staying tube sheets into which they are screwed and
expanded.
(13) Tube sheet. A tube sheet is a portion of a boiler drum, or
header perforated for the insertion of tubes.
(14) Ligament. The ligament is the section of metal between the
holes in a tube sheet.
[[Page 122]]
(i) Longitudinal ligament. A longitudinal ligament is the minimum
section of metal between two tube holes on a line parallel with the axis
of the drum.
(ii) Circumferential ligament. A circumferential ligament is the
minimum section of metal between two tube holes on a line around the
circumference of the drum.
(iii) Diagonal ligament. A diagonal ligament is the minimum section
of metal between two tube holes in adjacent rows, measured diagonally
from one row to the other.
(c) Stays and supports--(1) Surfaces to be stayed. Surfaces to be
stayed or reinforced include flat plates, heads, or areas thereof, such
as segments of heads, wrapper sheets, furnace plates, side sheets,
combustion chamber tops, etc., which are not self-supporting; and curved
plates, constituting the whole or parts of a cylinder subject to
external pressure, which are not entirely self-supporting.
(2) Through stay. A through stay is a solid bar extending through
both heads of a boiler and threaded at the ends for attachment by means
of nuts. With this type of stay the ends are usually upset to compensate
for the threading. (See Figure 52.01-3(a).)
(3) Solid screw staybolt. A solid screw staybolt is a threaded bar
screwed through the plates, the ends being riveted over or fitted with
nuts or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01-3(b).)
(4) Welded collar. A welded collar is a beveled ring formed around
the end of a screw stay by means of arc- or gas-welding. It is used in
lieu of a nut. (See Figure 52.01-3(1).)
(5) Hollow screw staybolt. A hollow screw staybolt is a hollow
threaded bar screwed through the plate, the ends being riveted over or
fitted with nuts or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01-3(c).)
(6) Flexible staybolt. A flexible staybolt is a bar made with ball-
and-socket joint on one end, the cup of the socket being screwed into
the outside sheet and covered with a removable cap, the plain end of the
staybolt being threaded, screwed through the inside sheet and riveted
over. (See Figure 52.01-3(d).)
(7) Sling stay. A sling stay is a flexible stay consisting of a
solid bar having one or both ends forged for a pin connection to a
crowfoot or other structural fitting secured to the stayed plate. (See
Figure 52.01-3(e).)
(8) Crowfoot. A crowfoot is a forged fitting with palms or lugs
secured to the head to form a proper connection with a sling stay. (See
Figure 52.01-3(f).)
(9) Crowfoot stay. A crowfoot stay is a solid bar stay terminating
in a forged fork with palms or lugs for attachment to the plate. (See
Figure 52.01-3(g).)
(10) Diagonal stay. A diagonal stay is a bar or formed plate forged
with palms or lugs for staying the head of the boiler to the shell
diagonally. (See Figure 52.01-3(h).)
(11) Gusset stay. A gusset stay is a triangular plate used for the
same purpose as a diagonal stay and attached to the head and the shell
by angles, flanges, or other suitable means of attachment. (See Figure
52.01-3(i).)
(12) Dog stay. A dog stay is a staybolt, one end of which extends
through a girder, dog, or bridge, and is secured by a nut, the other end
being screwed through the plate which it is supporting and riveted over
or fitted with a nut or welded collar. (See Figure 52.01-3(j).)
(13) Girder. A girder is a bridge, built up of plates of structural
shapes separated by distance pieces, a forging, or a formed plate, which
spans an area requiring support, abutting thereon and supporting the
girder stays or staybolts. (See Figure 52.01-3(k).)
(14) Structural stiffeners. Structural stiffeners are rolled shapes
or flanged plates which are used to stiffen a surface which is not
entirely self-supporting.
(15) Reinforcement. A reinforcement is a doubling plate, washer,
structural shape, or other form for stiffening or strengthening a plate.
(d) Pressure relief devices. For boilers, pressure vessels, and
pressure piping, a pressure relief device is designed to open to prevent
a rise of internal fluid pressure in excess of a specified value due to
exposure to emergency or abnormal conditions. It may also be designed to
prevent excessive internal vacuum. It may be a pressure relief valve, a
nonreclosing pressure relief device or a vacuum relief valve.
[[Page 123]]
(1) Pressure relief valve. A pressure relief valve is a pressure
relief device which is designed to reclose and prevent the further flow
of fluid after normal conditions have been restored.
(i) Safety valve. A safety valve is a pressure relief valve actuated
by inlet static pressure and characterized by rapid opening or pop
action. Examples of types used on boilers include:
(A) Spring-loaded safety valve. A spring-loaded safety valve is a
safety valve fitted with a spring which normally holds the valve disk in
a closed position against the seat and allows it to open or close at
predetermined pressures. Spring-loaded safety valves are characterized
by pop action.
(B) Pressure loaded pilot actuated safety valve. A pressure loaded
pilot actuated safety valve is one which is held in a closed position by
steam pressure and controlled in operation by a pilot actuator valve.
(C) Spring loaded pilot actuated safety valve. A spring loaded,
pilot actuated safety valve is one in which a spring is used in the
conventional way to hold the disk against the seat, but which has a
piston attached to the spindle and enclosed within a cylinder, which
when subjected to a limiting or set pressure, unbalances the spring load
thereby opening the valve.
(D) Spring loaded pilot valve. A spring loaded pilot valve is a
conventional safety valve designed to actuate another spring loaded
safety valve through a pressure transmitting line led from the body of
the pilot valve.
(ii) Relief valve. A relief valve is a pressure relief valve
actuated by inlet static pressure which opens in proportion to the
increase in pressure over the opening pressure.
(iii) Safety relief valve. A safety relief valve is a pressure
relief valve characterized by rapid opening or pop action, or by opening
in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure,
depending on application.
(A) Conventional safety relief valve. A conventional safety relief
valve has its spring housing vented to the discharge side of the valve.
The performance characteristics (opening pressure, closing pressure,
lift and relieving capacity) are directly affected by changes of the
back pressure on the valve.
(B) Balanced safety relief valve. A balanced safety relief valve
incorporates means of minimizing the effect of back pressure on the
operational characteristics (opening pressure, closing pressure, lift
and relieving capacity).
(C) Internal spring safety relief valve. An internal spring safety
relief valve incorporates the spring and all or part of the operating
mechanism within the pressure vessel.
(iv) Pilot operated pressure relief valve. A pilot operated pressure
relief valve is a pressure relief valve in which the major relieving
device is combined with and is controlled by a self-actuated auxiliary
pressure relief valve.
(v) Power actuated relief valve. A power actuated pressure relief
valve is a pressure relief valve in which the major relieving device is
combined with and controlled by a device requiring an external source of
energy.
(vi) Temperature actuated pressure relief valve. A temperature
actuated pressure relief valve is a pressure relief valve. A spring
loaded, pilot actuated internal temperature.
(2) Nonreclosing pressure relief device. A nonreclosing pressure
relief device is a pressure relief device not designed to reclose after
operation.
(i) Rupture disk device. A rupture disk device is a device actuated
by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the bursting of a
pressure retaining disk.
(ii) Explosion rupture disk device. An explosion rupture disk device
is a rupture disk device designed for use at high rates of pressure
rise.
(iii) Breaking pin device. A breaking pin device is a device
actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the
breakage of a load carrying section of a pin which supports a pressure
retaining member.
(iv) Shear pin device. A shear pin device is a device actuated by
inlet static pressure and designed to function by the shearing of a load
carrying pin which supports the pressure retaining member.
(v) Fusible plug device. A fusible plug device is a device designed
to function by the yielding or melting of a plug of suitable melting
temperature.
[[Page 124]]
(vi) Frangible disk device. A frangible disk device is the same as a
rupture disk device.
(vii) Bursting disk device. A bursting disk device is the same as a
rupture disk device.
(3) Vacuum relief valve. A vacuum relief valve is a valve designed
to admit fluid to prevent an excessive internal vacuum.
(e) Other boiler attachments--(1) Mountings. Mountings are nozzle
connections, distance pieces, valves, or fittings attached directly to
the boiler.
(2) Main steam stop valve. A main steam stop valve is a valve
usually connected directly to the boiler for the purpose of shutting off
the steam from the main steam line.
(3) Auxiliary steam stop valve. An auxiliary steam stop valve is a
valve usually connected directly to the boiler for the purpose of
shutting off the steam from the auxiliary lines (including the whistle
lines).
(4) Manifold. A manifold is a fitting with two or more branches
having valves either attached by bolting or integral with the fitting.
(5) Feed valve. A feed valve is a valve in the feed-water line which
controls the boiler feed.
(6) Blowoff valve. A blowoff valve is a valve connected directly to
the boiler for the purpose of blowing out water, scum or sediment.
(7) Dry pipe. A dry pipe is a perforated or slotted pipe placed in
the highest part of the steam space of a boiler to prevent priming.
(8) Water column. A water column is a fitting or tube equipped with
a water glass attached to a boiler for the purpose of indicating the
water level.
(9) Test cocks. Test cocks are small cocks on a boiler for
indicating the water level.
(10) Salinometer cocks. Salinometer cocks are cocks attached to a
boiler for the purpose of drawing off a sample of water for salinity
tests.
(11) Fusible plugs. Fusible plugs are plugs made with a bronze
casing and a tin filling which melts at a temperature of 445[deg] to 450
[deg]F. They are intended to melt in the event of low water and thus
warn the engineer on watch.
(f) Boiler fabrication--(1) Repair. Repair is the restoration of any
damaged or impaired part to an effective and safe condition.
(2) Alteration. Alteration is a structural modification to or
departure from an approved design or existing construction.
(3) Expanding. Expanding is the process of enlarging the end of a
tube to make it fit tightly in the tube sheet.
(4) Beading. Beading is the process of turning over the protruding
end of a tube after expanding to form a supporting collar for the tube
sheet.
(5) Bell-mouthing. Bell-mouthing is the process of flaring the end
of a tube beyond where it is expanded in the tube sheet.
(6) Telltale hole. A telltale hole is a small hole having a diameter
not less than three-sixteenths inch drilled in the center of a solid
stay, and extending to at least one-half inch beyond the inside surface
of the sheet.
(7) Access or inspection openings. Access or inspection openings are
holes cut in the shells or heads of boilers or boiler pressure part for
the purpose of inspection and cleaning.
(8) Openings. Openings are holes cut in shells or heads of boilers
or boiler pressure parts for the purpose of connecting nozzles, domes,
steam chimneys, or mountings.
(g) Pressure. The term pressure is an abbreviation of the more
explicit expression ``difference in pressure intensity.'' It is measured
in terms such as pounds per square inch (p.s.i.).
(1) Gage (or gauge) pressure. Gage pressure is the difference
between the pressure at the point being measured and the ambient
pressure for the gage. It is measured in units such as pounds per square
inch gage (p.s.i.g.).
(2) Absolute pressure. Absolute pressure is the difference between
the pressure at the point being measured and that of a perfect vacuum.
It is measured in units such as pounds per square inch absolute
(p.s.i.a.).
(3) Internal pressure. Internal pressure refers to a situation where
the pressure inside exceeds that outside the volume being described.
(4) External pressure. External pressure refers to a situation where
the pressure outside exceeds that inside the volume being described.
[[Page 125]]
(5) Maximum allowable working pressure. For a definition of maximum
allowable working pressure, see Sec. 54.10-5 of this subchapter.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.019
Figure 52.01-3--Acceptable Types of Boiler Stays
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 83-043,
60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]
Sec. 52.01-5 Plans.
(a) Manufacturers intending to fabricate boilers to be installed on
vessels shall submit detailed plans as required by subpart 50.20 of this
subchapter. The plans, including design calculations, must be certified
by a registered professional engineer as meeting the design requirements
in this part and in section I of the ASME Code.
(b) The following information must be included:
(1) Calculations for all pressure containment components including
the maximum allowable working pressure and temperature, the hydrostatic
or pneumatic test pressure, the maximum steam generating capacity and
the intended safety valve settings.
[[Page 126]]
(2) Joint design and methods of attachment of all pressure
containment components.
(3) A bill of material meeting the requirements of section I of the
ASME Code, as modified by this subpart.
(4) A diagrammatic arrangement drawing of the assembled unit
indicating the location of internal and external components including
any interconnecting piping.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1625-0097)
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as amended by USCG-2006-25697, 71
FR 55746, Sept. 25, 2006]
Sec. 52.01-10 Automatic controls.
(a) Each main boiler must meet the special requirements for
automatic safety controls in Sec. 62.35-20(a)(1) of this chapter.
(b) Each automatically controlled auxiliary boiler having a heat
input rating of less than 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts) must meet
the requirements of part 63 of this chapter.
(c) Each automatically controlled auxiliary boiler with a heat input
rating of 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts) or above, must meet the
requirements for automatic safety controls in part 62 of this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-030, 53 FR
17837, May 18, 1988; CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]
Sec. 52.01-35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, and heating
boilers.
(a) To determine the appropriate part of the regulations where
requirements for miscellaneous boiler types, such as donkey, fired
thermal fluid heater, heating boiler, etc., may be found, refer to Table
54.01-5(a) of this subchapter.
(b) Fired vessels in which steam is generated at pressures exceeding
103 kPa gage (15 psig) shall meet the requirements of this part.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9432, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-40 Materials and workmanship.
All materials to be used in any of the work specified in the various
sections of this part shall be free from injurious defects and shall
have a workmanlike finish. The construction work shall be executed in a
workmanlike manner with proper tools or equipment and shall be free from
defects which would impair strength or durability.
Sec. 52.01-50 Fusible plugs (modifies A-19 through A-21).
(a) All boilers, except watertube boilers, with a maximum allowable
working pressure in excess of 206 kPa gage (30 psig), if fired with
solid fuel not in suspension, or if not equipped for unattended waterbed
operation, must be fitted with fusible plugs. Fusible plugs must comply
with only the requirements of A19 and A20 of the ASME Code and be
stamped on the casing with the name of the manufacturer, and on the
water end of the fusible metal ``ASME Std.''. Fusible plugs are not
permitted where the maximum steam temperature to which they are exposed
exceeds 218 [deg]C (425 [deg]F).
(b) Vertical boilers shall be fitted with one fusible plug located
in a tube not more than 2 inches below the lowest gage cock.
(c) Externally fired cylindrical boilers with flues shall have one
plug fitted to the shell immediately below the fire line not less than 4
feet from the front end.
(d) Firebox, Scotch, and other types of shell boilers not
specifically provided for, having a combustion chamber common to all
furnaces, shall have one plug fitted at or near the center of the crown
sheet of the combustion chamber.
(e) Double-ended boilers, having individual combustion chambers for
each end, in which combustion chambers are common to all the furnaces in
one end of the boiler, shall have one plug fitted at or near the center
of the crown sheet of each combustion chamber.
(f) Boilers constructed with a separate combustion chamber for each
individual furnace shall be fitted with a fusible plug in the center of
the crown sheet of each combustion chamber.
(g) Boilers of types not provided for in this section shall be
fitted with at least one fusible plug of such dimensions and located in
a part of the boiler
[[Page 127]]
as will best meet the purposes for which it is intended.
(h) Fusible plugs shall be so fitted that the smaller end of the
filling is in direct contact with the radiant heat of the fire, and
shall be at least 1 inch higher on the water side than the plate or flue
in which they are fitted, and in no case more than 1 inch below the
lowest permissible water level.
(i) The lowest permissible water level shall be determined as
follows:
(1) Vertical firetube boilers, one-half of the length of the tubes
above the lower tube sheets.
(2) Vertical submerged tube boilers 1 inch above the upper tube
sheet.
(3) Internally fired firetube boilers with combustion chambers
integral with the boiler, 2 inches above the highest part of the
combustion chamber.
(4) Horizontal-return tubular and dry back Scotch boilers, 2 inches
above the top row of tubes.
(j) [Reserved]
(k)(1) Fusible plugs shall be cleaned and will be examined by the
marine inspector at each inspection for certification, periodic
inspection, and oftener if necessary. If in the marine inspector's
opinion the condition of any plug is satisfactory, it may be continued
in use.
(2) When fusible plugs are renewed at other than the inspection for
certification and no marine inspector is in attendance, the Chief
Engineer shall submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, who issued the certificate of inspection informing him of
the renewal. This letter report shall contain the following information:
(i) Name and official number of vessel.
(ii) Date of renewal of fusible plugs.
(iii) Number and location of fusible plugs renewed in each boiler.
(iv) Manufacturer and heat number of each plug.
(v) Reason for renewal.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9432, Mar. 8, 1985; USCG-1999-4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000]
Sec. 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.
(a) When the maximum allowable working pressure of a boiler has been
established, an increase in the pressure settings of its safety valves
shall not be granted unless the boiler design meets the requirements of
this subchapter in effect at the time the boiler was contracted for or
built; but in no case will a pressure increase be authorized for boilers
constructed prior to the effective date of the regulations dated
November 19, 1952, if the minimum thickness found by measurement shows
that the boiler will have a factor of safety of less than 4\1/2\. The
piping system, machinery, and appurtenances shall meet the present
requirements of this subchapter for the maximum allowable working
pressure requested. An increase in pressure shall be granted only by the
Commandant upon presentation of data or plans proving that the requested
increase in pressure is justified.
(b) When an existing boiler is replaced by a new boiler designed to
operate at pressures in excess of the pressure indicated on the
certificate of inspection for the previous boiler, an analysis of the
complete system shall be made, including machinery and piping, to insure
its compatibility with the increased steam pressure. The maximum
allowable working pressure on the certificate of inspection shall be
based on the results of this analysis.
Sec. 52.01-90 Materials (modifies PG-5 through PG-13).
(a) Materials subject to stress due to pressure shall conform to
specifications as indicated in paragraph PG-5 through PG-13 of the ASME
Code except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) Material not fully identified with an ASME Code approved
specification may be accepted as meeting Coast Guard requirements
provided it satisfies the conditions indicated in paragraph PG-10 of the
ASME Code.
(c) (Modifies PG-5.5.) When the maximum allowable working pressure
(See PG-21) exceeds 15 pounds per square inch, cross pipes connecting
the steam and water drums of water tube boilers, headers, cross boxes
and all pressure parts of the boiler proper shall be made
[[Page 128]]
of a wrought or cast steel listed in Table PG-23.1 of the ASME Code.
(d) (Modifies PG-8.2.2.) The use of cast iron for mountings,
fittings, valves, or cocks attached directly to boilers operating at
pressures exceeding 15 pounds per square inch is prohibited.
(e) (Modifies PG-11.1.1.) The material, design, construction and
workmanship of pumps shall be at least equivalent to the standards
established by the American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized
classification society. See part 58 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40163, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-95 Design (modifies PG-16 through PG-31 and PG-100).
(a) Requirements. Boilers required to be designed to this part shall
meet the requirements of PG-16 through PG-31 of the ASME Code except as
noted otherwise in this section.
(b) Superheater. (1) The design pressure of a superheater integral
with the boiler shall not be less than the lowest setting of the drum
safety valve.
(2) Controls shall be provided to insure that the maximum
temperature at the superheater outlets does not exceed the allowable
temperature limit of the material used in the superheater outlet, in the
steam piping, and in the associated machinery under all operating
conditions including boiler overload. Controls need not be provided if
the operating superheater characteristic is demonstrated to be such that
the temperature limits of the material will not be exceeded. Visible and
audible alarms indicating excessive superheat shall be provided in any
installation in which the superheater outlet temperature exceeds 454
[deg]C (850 [deg]F). The setting of the excessive superheat alarms must
not exceed the maximum allowable temperature of the superheater outlet,
which may be limited by the boiler design, the main steam piping design,
or the temperature limits of other equipment subjected to the
temperature of the steam.
(3) Arrangement shall be made for venting and draining the
superheater in order to permit steam circulation through the superheater
when starting the boiler.
(c) Economizer. The design pressure of an economizer integral with
the boiler and connected to the boiler drum without intervening stop
valves shall be at least equal to 110 percent of the highest setting of
the safety valves on the drum.
(d) Brazed boiler steam air heaters. Boiler steam air heaters
utilizing brazed construction are permitted at temperature not exceeding
525 [deg]F. Refer to Sec. 56.30-30(b)(1) of this subchapter for
applicable requirements.
(e) Stresses. (Modifies PG-22.) The stresses due to hydrostatic head
shall be taken into account in determining the minimum thickness of the
shell or head of any boiler pressure part unless noted otherwise.
Additional stresses, imposed by effects other than internal pressure or
static head, which increase the average stress over substantial sections
of the shell or head by more than 10 percent of the allowable stress
shall be taken into account. These effects include the weight of the
vessel and its contents, method of support, impact loads, superimposed
loads, localized stresses due to the reactions of supports, stresses due
to temperature gradients and dynamic effects.
(f) Cylindrical components under internal pressure. (Modifies PG-
27.) The minimum required thickness and maximum allowable working
pressure of boiler piping, tubes, drums and headers shall be as required
by the formula in PG-27 of the ASME Code except that threaded boiler
tubes are not permitted.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9432, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-100 Openings and compensation (modifies PG-32 through PG-39,
PG-42 through PG-55).
(a) The rules for openings and compensation shall be as indicated in
PG-32 through PG-55 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
section.
(b) (Modifies PG-39.) Pipe and nozzle necks shall be attached to
vessel walls as indicated in PG-39 except that threaded connections
shall not be used under any of the following conditions:
(1) Pressures greater than 4137 kPa (600 psig);
[[Page 129]]
(2) Nominal diameters greater than 51mm (2 in.); or
(3) Nominal diameters greater than 19mm (0.75 in.) and pressures
above 1034 kPa (150 psig).
(c) (Modifies PG-42.) Butt welding flanges and fittings must be used
when full radiography is required by Sec. 56.95-10.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-105 Piping, valves and fittings (modifies PG-58 and PG-59).
(a) Boiler external piping within the jurisdiction of the ASME Code
must be as indicated in PG-58 and PG-59 of the ASME Code except as noted
otherwise in this section. Piping outside the jurisdiction of the ASME
Code must meet the appropriate requirements of part 56 of this
subchapter.
(b) In addition to the requirements in PG-58 and PG-59 of the ASME
Code, boiler external piping must:
(1) Meet the design conditions and criteria in Sec. 56.07-10 of
this subchapter, except Sec. 56.07-10(b);
(2) Be included in the pipe stress calculations required by Sec.
56.31-1 of this subchapter;
(3) Meet the nondestructive examination requirements in Sec. 56.95-
10 of this subchapter;
(4) Have butt welding flanges and fittings when full radiography is
required; and
(5) Meet the requirements for threaded joints in Sec. 56.30-20 of
this subchapter.
(c) Steam stop valves, in sizes exceeding 152mm (6 inch) NPS, must
be fitted with bypasses for heating the line and equalizing the pressure
before the valve is opened.
(d) Feed connections. (1) Feed water shall not be discharged into a
boiler against surfaces exposed to hot gases or radiant heat of the
fire.
(2) Feed water nozzles of boilers designed for pressures of 2758 kPa
(400 psi), or over, shall be fitted with sleeves or other suitable means
employed to reduce the effects of metal temperature differentials.
(e) Blowoff connections. (1) Firetube and drum type boilers shall be
fitted with a surface and a bottom blowoff valve or cock attached
directly to the boiler or to a short distance piece. The surface blowoff
valve shall be located within the permissible range of the water level,
or fitted with a scum pan or pipe at this level. The bottom blowoff
valve shall be attached to the lowest part of the boiler or fitted with
an internal pipe leading to the lowest point inside the boiler.
Watertube boilers designed for pressures of 2413 kPa (350 psig) or over
are not required to be fitted with a surface blowoff valve. Boilers
equipped with a continuous blowdown valve on the steam drum are not
required to be fitted with an additional surface blowoff connection.
(2) Where blowoff pipes are exposed to radiant heat of the fire,
they must be protected by fire brick or other suitable heat-resisting
material.
(f) Dry pipes. Internal dry pipes may be fitted to the steam drum
outlet provided the dry pipes have a diameter equal to the steam drum
outlet and a wall thickness at least equal to standard commercial pipe
of the same diameter. Openings in dry pipes must be as near as
practicable to the drum outlet and must be slotted or drilled. The width
of the slots must not be less than 6mm (0.25 in.). The diameter of the
holes must not be less than 10mm (0.375 in.). Where dry pipes are used,
they must be provided with drains at each end to prevent an accumulation
of water.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-110 Water-level indicators, water columns, gauge-glass
connections, gauge cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG-60).
(a) Boiler water level devices. Boiler water level devices shall be
as indicated in PG-60 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
section.
(b) Water level indicators. (Modifies PG-60.1.) (1) Each boiler,
except those of the forced circulation type with no fixed water line and
steam line, shall have two independent means of indicating the water
level in the boiler connected directly to the head or shell. One shall
be a gage lighted by the emergency electrical system (See Subpart 112.15
of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter) which will
insure illumination of the gages under all normal and emergency
conditions. The secondary indicator may
[[Page 130]]
consist of a gage glass, or other acceptable device. Where the allowance
pressure exceeds 1724 kPa (250 psi), the gage glasses shall be of the
flat type instead of the common tubular type.
(2) Gage glasses shall be in continuous operation while the boiler
is steaming.
(3) Double-ended firetube boilers shall be equipped as specified in
this paragraph and paragraph (e) of this section except that the
required water level indicators shall be installed on each end of the
boiler.
(4) Externally fired flue boilers, such as are used on central
western river vessels, shall be equipped as specified in paragraphs (b)
(1) through (3) of this section except that float gages may be
substituted for gage glasses.
(c) Water columns. (Modifies PG-60.2.) The use of water columns is
generally limited to firetube boilers. Water column installations shall
be close hauled to minimize the effect of ship motion on water level
indication. When water columns are provided they shall be fitted
directly to the heads or shells of boilers or drums by 1 inch minimum
size pipes with shutoff valves attached directly to the boiler or drums,
or if necessary, connected thereto by a distance piece both at the top
and bottom of the water columns. Shutoff valves used in the pipe
connections between the boiler and water column or between the boiler
and the shutoff valves required by PG-60.6 of the ASME Code for gage
glasses, shall be locked or sealed open. Water column piping shall not
be fitted inside the uptake, the smoke box, or the casing. Water columns
shall be fitted with suitable drains. Cast iron fittings are not
permitted.
(d) Gage glass connections. (Modifies PG-60.3.) Gage glasses and
gage cocks shall be connected directly to the head or shell of a boiler
as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. When water columns are
authorized, connections to the columns may be made provided a close
hauled arrangement is utilized so that the effect of ship roll on the
water level indication is minimized.
(e) Gage cocks. (Modifies PG-60.4.) (1) When the steam pressure does
not exceed 250 pounds per square inch, three test cocks attached
directly to the head or shell of a boiler may serve as the secondary
water level indicator.
(2) See paragraph (d) of this section for restrictions on cock
connections.
(f) Pressure gages. (Modifies PG-60.6.) Each double-ended boiler
shall be fitted with two steam gages, one on either end on the boiler.
(g) Salinometer cocks. In vessels operating in salt water, each
boiler shall be equipped with a salinometer cock or valve which shall be
fitted directly to the boiler in a convenient position. They shall not
be attached to the water gage or water column.
(h) High-water-level alarm. Each watertube boiler for propulsion
must have an audible and a visible high-water-level alarm. The alarm
indicators must be located where the boiler is controlled.
[CG FR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]
Sec. 52.01-115 Feedwater supply (modifies PG-61).
Boiler feedwater supply must meet the requirements of PG-61 of the
ASME Code and Sec. 56.50-30 of this subchapter.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-120 Safety valves and safety relief valves (modifies PG-67
through PG-73).
(a)(1) Boiler safety valves and safety relief valves must be as
indicated in PG-67 through PG-73 of the ASME Code except as noted
otherwise in this section.
(2) A safety valve must:
(i) Be stamped in accordance with PG-110 of the ASME Code;
(ii) Have its capacity certified by the National Board of Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Inspectors;
(iii) Have a drain opening tapped for not less than 6mm (\1/4\ in.)
NPS; and
(iv) Not have threaded inlets for valves larger than 51mm (2 in.)
NPS.
(3) On river steam vessels whose boilers are connected in batteries
without means of isolating one boiler from another, each battery of
boilers shall be treated as a single boiler and equipped with not less
than two safety valves of equal size.
[[Page 131]]
(4) (Modifies PG-70.) The total rated relieving capacity of drum and
superheater safety valves as certified by the valve manufacturer shall
not be less than the maximum generating capacity of the boiler which
shall be determined and certified by the boiler manufacturer. This
capacity shall be in compliance with PG-70 of the ASME Code.
(5) In the event the maximum steam generating capacity of the boiler
is increased by any means, the relieving capacity of the safety valves
shall be checked by an inspector, and, if determined to be necessary,
valves of increased relieving capacity shall be installed.
(6) (Modifies PG-67.) Drum safety valves shall be set to relieve at
a pressure not in excess of that allowed by the Certificate of
Inspection. Where for any reason this is lower than the pressure for
which the boiler was originally designed and the revised safety valve
capacity cannot be recomputed and certified by the valve manufacturer,
one of the tests described in PG-70(3) of the ASME Code shall be
conducted in the presence of the Inspector to insure that the relieving
capacity is sufficient at the lower pressure.
(7) On new installations the safety valve nominal size for
propulsion boilers and superheaters must not be less than 38mm (1\1/2\
in.) nor more than 102mm (4 in.). Safety valves 38mm (1\1/2\ in.) to
114mm (4\1/2\ in.) may be used for replacements on existing boilers. The
safety valve size for auxiliary boilers must be between 19mm (\3/4\ in.)
and 102mm (4 in.) NPS. The nominal size of a safety valve is the nominal
diameter (as defined in 56.07-5(b)) of the inlet opening.
(8) Lever or weighted safety valves now installed may be continued
in use and may be repaired, but when renewals are necessary, lever or
weighted safety valves shall not be used. All such replacements shall
conform to the requirements of this section.
(9) Gags or clamps for holding the safety valve disk on its seat
shall be carried on board the vessel at all times.
(10) (Modifies PG-73.2.) Cast iron may be used only for caps and
lifting bars. When used for these parts, the elongation must be at least
5 percent in 51mm (2 inch) gage length. Nonmetallic material may be used
only for gaskets and packing.
(b)(1) (Modifies PG-68.) Superheater safety valves shall be as
indicated in PG-68 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
paragraph.
(2) The setting of the superheater safety valve shall not exceed the
design pressure of the superheater outlet flange or the main steam
piping beyond the superheater. To prevent damage to the superheater, the
drum safety valve shall be set at a pressure not less than that of the
superheater safety valve setting plus 5 pounds minimum plus
approximately the normal load pressure drop through the superheater and
associated piping, including the controlled desuperheater if fitted. See
also Sec. 52.01-95(b) (1).
(3) Drum pilot actuated superheater safety valves are permitted
provided the setting of the pilot valve and superheater safety valve is
such that the superheater safety valve will open before the drum safety
valve.
(c)(1) (Modifies PG-71.) Safety valves shall be installed as
indicated in PG-71 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
paragraph.
(2) The final setting of boiler safety valves shall be checked and
adjusted under steam pressure and, if possible, while the boiler is on
the line and the steam is at operating temperatures, in the presence of
and to the satisfaction of a marine inspector who, upon acceptance,
shall seal the valves. This regulation applies to both drum and
superheater safety valves of all boilers.
(3) The safety valve body drains required by PG-71 of the ASME Code
shall be run as directly as possible from the body of each boiler safety
valve, or the drain from each boiler safety valve may be led to an
independent header common only to boiler safety valve drains. No valves
of any type shall be installed in the leakoff from drains or drain
headers and they shall be led to suitable locations to avoid hazard to
personnel.
(d)(1) (Modifies PG-72.) The operation of safety valves shall be as
indicated in PG-72 of the ASME Code except as noted in paragraph (d)(2)
of this section.
[[Page 132]]
(2) (Modifies PG-73.) The lifting device required by PG-73.1.3 of
the ASME Code shall be fitted with suitable relieving gear so arranged
that the controls may be operated from the fireroom or engineroom floor.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9433, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-130 Installation.
(a) Foundations. (1) Plans showing details of proposed foundations
and support for boilers and the proposed means of bracing boilers in the
vessel shall be submitted for approval to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection, in the district where the installation is being made.
(2) Provision shall be made in foundations for expansion of the
boilers when heated.
(3) Boilers shall be provided with chocks to prevent movement in the
event of collision unless a bolted or riveted construction
satisfactorily provides for this contingency.
(b) Protection of adjacent structure. (1) Boilers shall be so placed
that all parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair.
(2) In vessels having a double bottom or other extensive surfaces
directly below the boiler, the distance between such surface and a
boiler shall in no case be less than 18 inches at the lowest part.
(3) In certain types of vessels where the boiler foundation forms
the ashpit, such foundations shall be efficiently ventilated, except in
cases where the ashpit is partially filled with water at all times.
(4) The pans of oil-burning, watertube boilers shall be arranged to
prevent oil from leaking into the bilges and shall be lined with
firebrick or other heat resisting material.
(5) The distance between a boiler and a compartment containing fuel
oil shall not be less than 24 inches at the back end of a boiler and 18
inches elsewhere, except that for a cylindrical part of a boiler or a
knuckle in the casing of a water-tube boiler, these distances may be
reduced to 18 inches, provided all parts are readily accessible for
inspection and repair.
(6) All oil-burning boilers shall be provided with oiltight drip
pans under the burners and elsewhere as necessary to prevent oil
draining into the bilges.
(c) Boiler uptakes. (1) Where dampers are installed in the uptakes
or funnels, the arrangement shall be such that it will not be possible
to shut off the gas passages from the operating boilers.
(2) Each main power boiler and auxiliary boiler shall be fitted with
a separate gas passage.
Sec. 52.01-135 Inspection and tests (modifies PG-90 through PG-100).
(a) Requirements. Inspection and test of boilers and boiler pressure
parts shall be as indicated in PG-90 through PG-100 of the ASME Code
except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) The inspections required by PG-90 through PG-100 of the ASME
Code shall be performed by the ``Authorized Inspector'' as defined in
PG-91 of the ASME Code. The Authorized Inspector shall hold a valid
commission issued by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Inspectors. After installation, boilers will be inspected for compliance
with this part by the ``Marine Inspector'' as defined in Sec. 50.10-15
of this subchapter.
(c) Hydrostatic test (Modifies PG-99). Each new boiler shall be
hydrostatically tested after installation to 1\1/2\ times the maximum
allowable working pressure as indicated in PG-99 of the ASME Code.
Before the boilers are insulated, accessible parts of the boiler shall
be emptied, opened up and all interior surfaces shall be examined by the
marine inspector to ascertain that no defects have occurred due to the
hydrostatic test.
(d) Operating tests. In addition to hydrostatic tests prescribed in
paragraph (c) of this section, automatically controlled auxiliary
boilers must be subjected to operating tests as specified in Sec. Sec.
61.30-20, 61.35-1, 61.35-3, 62.30-10, 63.15-9, 63.25-3, and 63.25-5 of
this chapter, as appropriate, or as directed by the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, for propulsion boilers, These tests are to be
performed after final installation.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 88-057,
55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]
[[Page 133]]
Sec. 52.01-140 Certification by stamping (modifies PG-104 through PG-113).
(a) All boilers built in accordance with this part must be stamped
with the appropriate ASME Code symbol as required by PG-104 through PG-
113 of the ASME Code.
(b)(1) Upon satisfactory completion of the tests and Coast Guard
inspections, boilers must be stamped with the following:
(i) Manufacturer's name and serial number;
(ii) ASME Code Symbol;
(iii) Coast Guard symbol, which is affixed only by marine inspector
(see Sec. 50.10-15 of this subchapter);
(iv) Maximum allowable working pressure ------ at ------ [deg]C
([deg]F): and
(v) Boiler rated steaming capacity in kilograms (pounds) per hour
(rated joules (B.T.U.) per hour output for high temperature water
boilers).
(2) The information required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section
must be located on:
(i) The front head or shell near the normal waterline and within 610
mm (24 inches) of the front of firetube boilers; and
(ii) The drum head of water tube boilers.
(3) Those heating boilers which are built to section I of the ASME
Code, as permitted by Sec. 53.01-10(e) of this subchapter, do not
require Coast Guard stamping and must receive full ASME stamping
including the appropriate code symbol.
(c) The data shall be legibly stamped and shall not be obliterated
during the life of the boiler. In the event that the portion of the
boiler upon which the data is stamped is to be insulated or otherwise
covered, a metal nameplate as described in PG-106.6 of the ASME Code
shall be furnished and mounted. The nameplate is to be maintained in a
legible condition so that the data may be easily read.
(d) Safety valves shall be stamped as indicated in PG-110 of the
ASME Code.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.01-145 Manufacturers' data report forms (modifies PG-112 and
PG-113).
The manufacturers' data report forms required by PG-112 and PG-113
of the ASME Code must be made available to the marine inspector for
review. The Authorized Inspector's National Board commission number must
be included on the manufacturers' data report forms.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Subpart 52.05_Requirements for Boilers Fabricated by Welding
Sec. 52.05-1 General (modifies PW-1 through PW-54).
(a) Boilers and component parts, including piping, that are
fabricated by welding shall be as indicated in PW-1 through PW-54 of the
ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.
Sec. 52.05-15 Heat treatment (modifies PW-10).
(a) Vessels and vessel parts shall be preheated and postweld heat
treated in accordance with PW-38 and PW-39 of the ASME Code (reproduces
PW-10). This includes boiler parts made of pipe material even though
they may be nondestructively examined under Sec. 52.05-20.
Sec. 52.05-20 Radiographic and ultrasonic examination (modifies PW-11 and
PW-41.1).
Radiographic and ultrasonic examination of welded joints shall be as
described in PW-11 of the ASME Code except that parts of boilers
fabricated of pipe material, such as drums, shells, downcomers. risers,
cross pipes, headers and tubes containing only circumferentially welded
butt joints, shall be nondestructively examined as required by Sec.
56.95-10 of this subchapter even though they may be exempted by the size
limitations specified in PW-11.1.2 and PW-41.1 of the ASME Code.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.05-30 Minimum requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW-16).
(a) The location and minimum size of attachment welds for nozzles
and other connections shall be as required by PW-16 of the ASME Code
except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) When nozzles or couplings are attached to boilers, as shown in
Figure PW-16 (a) and (c) of the ASME Code and are welded from one side
only,
[[Page 134]]
backing strips shall be used unless it can be determined visually or by
acceptable nondestructive test methods that complete penetration has
been obtained.
(c) When attachments as shown in Figure PW-16 (y) and (z) of the
ASME Code are employed they shall be limited to 2-inch pipe size for
pressure exceeding 150 pounds per square inch.
Sec. 52.05-45 Circumferential joints in pipes, tubes and headers
(modifies PW-41).
(a) Circumferential welded joints of pipes, tubes and headers shall
be as required by PW-41 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in
this section.
(b) (Modifies PW-41.1) Circumferential welded joints in pipes,
tubes, and headers of pipe material must be nondestructively examined as
required by Sec. 56.95-10 of this subchapter and PW-41 of the ASME
Code.
(c) (Modifies PW-41.5) Butt welded connections shall be provided
whenever radiography is required by Sec. 56.95-10 of this subchapter
for the piping system in which the connection is to be made. When
radiography is not required, welded socket or sleeve type joints meeting
the requirements of PW-41.5 of the ASME Code may be provided.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Subpart 52.15_Requirements for Watertube Boilers
Sec. 52.15-1 General (modifies PWT-1 through PWT-15).
Watertube boilers and parts thereof shall be as indicated in PWT-1
through PWT-15 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
subpart.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.15-5 Tube connections (modifies PWT-9 and PWT-11).
(a) Tubes, pipe and nipples shall be attached to sheets, heads,
headers, and fittings as indicated in PWT-11 of the ASME Code except as
noted otherwise in this section.
(b) (Replaces PWT-9.2 and PWT-11.3.) Threaded boiler tubes shall not
be permitted as described by PWT-9.2 and PWT-11.3 of the ASME Code.
(c) In welded wall construction employing stub and welded wall
panels which are field welded, approximately 10 percent of the field
welds shall be checked using any acceptable nondestructive test method.
(d) Nondestructive testing of the butt welded joints shall meet the
requirements of Sec. 56.95-10 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Subpart 52.20_Requirements for Firetube Boilers
Sec. 52.20-1 General (modifies PFT-1 through PFT-49).
(a) Firetube boilers and parts thereof shall be as indicated in PFT-
1 through PFT-49 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
subpart.
Sec. 52.20-17 Opening between boiler and safety valve (modifies PFT-44).
When a discharge pipe is used, it must be installed in accordance
with the requirements of Sec. 52.01-105.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 52.20-25 Setting (modifies PFT-46).
(a) The method of supporting firetube boilers shall be as indicated
in PFT-46 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) The foundations shall meet the requirements of Sec. 52.01-130.
Subpart 52.25_Other Boiler Types
Source: CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 52.25-1 General.
Requirements for fired boilers of various sizes and uses are
referenced in Table 54.01-5(a) of this subchapter.
Sec. 52.25-3 Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH-1).
In addition to the requirements in PFH-1 of the ASME Code, feedwater
heaters must meet the requirements in this part or the requirements in
part 54.
[[Page 135]]
Sec. 52.25-5 Miniature boilers (modifies PMB-1 through PMB-21).
Miniature boilers must meet the applicable provisions in this part
for the boiler type involved and the mandatory requirements in PMB-1
through PMB-21 of the ASME Code.
Sec. 52.25-7 Electric boilers (modifies PEB-1 through PEB-19).
Electric boilers required to comply with this part must meet the
applicable provisions in this part and the mandatory requirements in
PEB-1 through PEB-19 except PEB-3 of the ASME Code.
Sec. 52.25-10 Organic fluid vaporizer generators (modifies PVG-1 through
PVG-12).
(a) Organic fluid vaporizer generators and parts thereof shall meet
the requirements of PVG-1 through PVG-12 of the ASME Code except as
noted otherwise in this section.
(b) The application and end use of organic fluid vaporizer
generators shall be approved by the Commandant.
Sec. 52.25-15 Fired thermal fluid heaters.
(a) Fired thermal fluid heaters shall be designed, constructed,
inspected, tested, and stamped in accordance with the applicable
provisions in this part.
(b) Each fired thermal fluid heater must be fitted with a control
which prevents the heat transfer fluid from being heated above its flash
point.
(c) The heat transfer fluid must be chemically compatible with any
cargo carried in the cargo tanks serviced by the heat transfer system.
(d) Each fired thermal fluid heater must be tested and inspected in
accordance with the requirements of subpart 61.30 of this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-057, 55 FR
24236, June 15, 1990]
Sec. 52.25-20 Exhaust gas boilers.
Exhaust gas boilers with a maximum allowable working pressure
greater than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) or an operating temperature greater
than 454 [deg]C. (850 [deg]F.) must be designed, constructed, inspected,
tested and stamped in accordance with the applicable provisions in this
part. The design temperature of parts exposed to the exhaust gas must be
the maximum temperature that could normally be produced by the source of
the exhaust gas. This temperature must be verified by testing or by the
manufacturer of the engine or other equipment producing the exhaust.
Automatic exhaust gas boiler control systems must be designed,
constructed, tested, and inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.25-7 of
this chapter.
[CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]
PART 53_HEATING BOILERS--Table of Contents
Subpart 53.01_General Requirements
Sec.
53.01-1 Incorporation by reference.
53.01-3 Adoption of section IV of the ASME Code.
53.01-5 Scope (modifies HG-100).
53.01-10 Service restrictions and exceptions (replaces HG-101).
Subpart 53.05_Pressure Relieving Devices (Article 4)
53.05-1 Safety valve requirements for steam boilers (modifies HG-400 and
HG-401).
53.05-2 Relief valve requirements for hot water boilers (modifies HG-
400.2).
53.05-3 Materials (modifies HG-401.2).
53.05-5 Discharge capacities and valve markings.
Subpart 53.10_Tests, Inspection, Stamping, and Reporting (Article 5)
53.10-1 General.
53.10-3 Inspection and tests (modifies HG-500 through HG-540).
53.10-10 Certification by stamping.
53.10-15 Manufacturers' data report forms.
Subpart 53.12_Instruments, Fittings, and Controls
53.12-1 General (modifies HG-600 through HG-640).
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR,
1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No.
0170.1.
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
[[Page 136]]
Subpart 53.01_General Requirements
Sec. 53.01-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the
public. All approved material is on file at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office
of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in
paragraph (b) of this section or at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV, Heating Boilers, July 1989
with 1989 addenda..........53.01-5; 53.01-10; 53.05-1; 53.05-3; 53.05-5;
53.10-1; 53.10-3; 53.10-10; 53.10-15; 53.12-1
[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR
50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-
1999-6216, 64 FR 53224, Oct. 1, 1999]
Sec. 53.01-3 Adoption of section IV of the ASME Code.
(a) Heating boilers shall be designed, constructed, inspected,
tested, and stamped in accordance with section IV of the ASME (American
Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code as limited, modified, or replaced
by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices
to section IV of the ASME Code are adopted and shall be followed when
the requirements in section IV make them mandatory. For general
information Table 53.01-1(a) lists the various paragraphs in section IV
of the ASME Code which are limited, modified, or replaced by regulations
in this part.
Table 53.01-1(a)--Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of
Section IV of the ASME Code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paragraphs in section IV, ASME Code\1\
and disposition Unit of this part
------------------------------------------------------------------------
HG-100 modified by....................... 53.01-5(b)
HG-101 replaced by....................... 53.01-10
HG-400 modified by....................... 53.05-1
HG-400.2 modified by..................... 53.05-2
HG-401 modified by....................... 53.05-1
HG-401.2 modified by..................... 53.05-3
HG-500 through HG-540 modified by........ 53.10-3
HG-600 through HG-640 modified by........ 53.12-1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded. The
first letter ``H'' refers to section IV. The letter following ``H''
refers to a part or subpart in section IV. The number following the
letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in the text of the part or
subpart in section IV.
(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph HG-307, indicate:
H=Section IV, Heating Boilers, ASME Code.
G=Part containing general requirements.
3=Article in part.
307=Paragraph within Article 3.
(c) When a paragraph or a section of the regulations in this part
relates to material in section IV of the ASME Code, the relationship
with the code will be shown immediately following the heading of the
section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:
(1) (Modifies H------.) This indicates that the material in H------
is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.
(2) (Replaces H------.) This indicates that H------ does not apply.
(3) (Reproduces H------.) This indicates that H------ is being
identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985.
Redesignated and amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991]
Sec. 53.01-5 Scope (modifies HG-100).
(a) The regulations in this part apply to steam heating boilers, hot
water boilers (which include hot water heating boilers and hot water
supply boilers), and to appurtenances thereto. The requirements in this
part shall be used in conjunction with section IV of the ASME Code.
Table 54.01-5(a) of this
[[Page 137]]
subchapter gives a breakdown by parts in this subchapter of the
regulations governing various types of pressure vessels and boilers.
(b) (Modifies HG-100.) The requirements of Part HG of section IV,
Heating Boilers, of the ASME Code shall be used except as noted
otherwise in this part.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9435, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 53.01-10 Service restrictions and exceptions (replaces HG-101).
(a) General. The service restrictions and exceptions shall be as
indicated in this section in lieu of the requirements in HG-101 of the
ASME Code.
(b) Service restrictions. (1) Boilers of wrought materials shall be
restricted to a maximum of 103 kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and a
maximum of 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F) for hot water.
If operating conditions exceed these limits, design and fabrications
shall be in accordance with part 52 of this subchapter.
(2) Boilers of cast iron materials shall be restricted to a maximum
of 103 kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and to a maximum of 206 kPa gage (30
psig) or 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F) for hot water.
(c) Hot water supply boilers. (1) Electrically fired hot water
supply boilers which have a capacity not greater than 454 liters (120
gallons), a heat input not greater than 58.6 kilowatts (200,000 B.t.u.
per hour), and are listed as approved under Underwriters' Laboratories
Standard 174 or 1453 are exempted from the requirements of this part
provided they are protected by a pressure relief device. This relief
device need not comply with Sec. 53.05-2.
(2) Oil fired hot water supply boilers shall not be exempted from
the requirements of this part on the basis of size or heat input.
(d) Exhaust gas type boilers shall be restricted to a working
pressure equal to or less than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) and an operating
temperature equal to or less than 454 [deg]C (850 [deg]F). The design
temperature of parts exposed to the exhaust gas must be the maximum
temperature that could normally be produced by the source of exhaust
gas. This temperature shall be verified by testing or by the
manufacturer of the engine or other equipment producing the exhaust.
(e) Heating boilers whose operating conditions are within the
service restrictions of Sec. 53.01-10(b)(1) may be constructed in
accordance with section I of the ASME Code. In addition, these heating
boilers must:
(1) Be stamped with the appropriate ASME Code symbol in accordance
with PG-104 through PG-113 of the ASME Code;
(2) Meet the service restrictions of Sec. 53.01-10(b)(2) if made of
cast iron;
(3) Have safety valves which meet the requirements of Sec. 52.01-
120 of this subchapter;
(4) If a hot water supply boiler, have a temperature relief valve or
a pressure-temperature relief valve in accordance with Sec. 53.05-2(c);
(5) If automatically controlled, meet the applicable requirements in
part 63 of this subchapter; and
(6) Meet the inspection and test requirements of Sec. 53.10-3.
(f) Controls and miscellaneous accessories. Refer to part 63 of this
subchapter for the requirements governing controls and miscellaneous
accessories.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9435, Mar. 8, 1985]
Subpart 53.05_Pressure Relieving Devices (Article 4)
Source: CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.05-1 Safety valve requirements for steam boilers (modifies
HG-400 and HG-401).
(a) The pressure relief valve requirements and the safety valve
requirements for steam boilers must be as indicated in HG-400 and HG-401
except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) Each steam boiler must have at least one safety valve.
Sec. 53.05-2 Relief valve requirements for hot water boilers (modifies
HG-400.2).
(a) The relief valve requirements for hot water boilers must be as
indicated in article 4 of section IV of the ASME
[[Page 138]]
Code except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) Hot water heating boilers. Each hot water heating boiler must
have at least one safety relief valve.
(c) Hot water supply boilers. Each hot water supply boiler must have
at least one safety relief valve and a temperature relief valve or a
pressure-temperature relief valve. The valve temperature setting must
not be more than 99 [deg]C (210 [deg]F).
Sec. 53.05-3 Materials (modifies HG-401.2).
(a) Materials for valves must be in accordance with HG-401.2 of the
ASME Code except nonmetallic materials may be used only for gaskets and
packing.
Sec. 53.05-5 Discharge capacities and valve markings.
(a) The discharge capacities and valve markings must be as indicated
in HG-402 of the ASME Code. The discharge capacities must be certified
by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
Subpart 53.10_Tests, Inspection, Stamping, and Reporting (Article 5)
Sec. 53.10-1 General.
(a) The tests, inspection, stamping, and reporting of heating
boilers shall be as indicated in Article 5, Part HG of section IV of the
ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.
Sec. 53.10-3 Inspection and tests (modifies HG-500 through HG-540).
(a) The inspections required by HG-500 through HG-540 must be
performed by the ``Authorized Inspector'' as defined in HG-575 of the
ASME Code. The Authorized Inspector shall hold a valid commission issued
by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. After
installation, heating boilers must be inspected for compliance with this
part by a marine inspector.
(b) Automatically controlled boilers must be subjected to the
operating tests prescribed in part 63 of this subchapter.
(c) All heating boilers must have the operation of their pressure
relieving devices checked after the final installation.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 53.10-10 Certification by stamping.
Stamping of heating boilers shall be as indicated in HG-530 of the
ASME Code.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 53.10-15 Manufacturers' data report forms.
The manufacturers' data report forms required by HG-520 of the ASME
Code must be made available to the marine inspector for review. The
Authorized Inspector's National Board commission number must be included
on the manufacturers' data report forms.
[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]
Subpart 53.12_Instruments, Fittings, and Controls
Sec. 53.12-1 General (modifies HG-600 through HG-640).
(a) The instruments, fittings and controls for heating boilers shall
be as indicated in HG-600 through HG-640 of section IV of the ASME Code
except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) For control systems for automatic auxiliary heating equipment,
the requirements in part 63 of this subchapter govern and shall be
followed.
PART 54_PRESSURE VESSELS--Table of Contents
Subpart 54.01_General Requirements
Sec.
54.01-1 Incorporation by reference
54.01-2 Adoption of division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code.
54.01-5 Scope (modifies U-1 and U-2).
54.01-10 Steam generating pressure vessels (modifies U-1(e)).
54.01-15 Exemptions from shop inspection and plan approval (replaces U-
1(c) (6) through (9)).
54.01-17 Pressure vessel for human occupancy (PVHO).
54.01-18 Plan approval.
54.01-25 Miscellaneous pressure components (modifies UG-11).
54.01-30 Loadings (modifies UG-22).
54.01-35 Corrosion (modifies UG-25).
[[Page 139]]
54.01-40 External pressure (modifies UG- 28).
Subpart 54.03_Low Temperature Operation
54.03-1 Scope.
54.03-5 General.
Subpart 54.05_Toughness Tests
54.05-1 Scope (replaces UG-84).
54.05-3 Tests required.
54.05-5 Toughness test specimens.
54.05-6 Toughness test temperatures.
54.05-10 Certification of material toughness tests.
54.05-15 Weldment toughness tests--procedure qualifications.
54.05-16 Production toughness testing.
54.05-17 Weld toughness test acceptance criteria.
54.05-20 Impact test properties for service of 0 [deg]F. and below.
54.05-25 [Reserved]
54.05-30 Allowable stress values at low temperatures.
Subpart 54.10_Inspection, Reports, and Stamping
54.10-1 Scope (modifies UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-115 through UG-120).
54.10-3 Marine inspectors (replaces UG-90 and UG-91, and modifies UG-92
through UG-103).
54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).
54.10-10 Standard hydrostatic test (modifies UG-99).
54.10-15 Pneumatic test (modifies UG-100).
54.10-20 Marking and stamping.
54.10-25 Manufacturers' data report forms (modifies UG-120).
Subpart 54.15_Pressure-Relief Devices
54.15-1 General (modifies UG-125 through UG-136).
54.15-3 Definitions (modifies UA-60).
54.15-5 Protective devices (modifies UG- 125).
54.15-10 Safety and relief valves (modifies UG-126).
54.15-13 Rupture disks (modifies UG-127).
54.15-15 Relief devices for unfired steam boilers, evaporators, and heat
exchangers (modifies UG-126).
54.15-25 Minimum relief capacities for cargo tanks containing compressed
or liquefied gas.
Subpart 54.20_Fabrication by Welding
54.20-1 Scope (modifies UW-1 through UW-65).
54.20-2 Fabrication for hazardous materials (replaces UW-2(a)).
54.20-3 Design (modifies UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, and UW-16).
54.20-5 Welding qualification tests and production testing (modifies UW-
26, UW-28, UW-29, UW-47, and UW-48).
Subpart 54.23_Fabrication by Brazing
54.23-1 Scope (modifies UB-1).
Subpart 54.25_Construction With Carbon, Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels
54.25-1 Scope.
54.25-3 Steel plates (modifies UCS-6).
54.25-5 Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS-25).
54.25-7 Requirements for postweld heat treatment (modifies UCS-56).
54.25-8 Radiography (modifies UW-11(a), UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33, and UHT-
57).
54.25-10 Low temperature operation--ferritic steels (replaces UCS-65
through UCS-67).
54.25-15 Low temperature operation--high alloy steels (modifies UHA-
23(b) and UHA-51).
54.25-20 Low temperature operation--ferritic steels with properties
enhanced by heat treatment (modifies UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23,
and UHT-82).
54.25-25 Welding of quenched and tempered steels (modifies UHT-82).
Subpart 54.30_Mechanical Stress Relief
54.30-1 Scope.
54.30-3 Introduction.
54.30-5 Limitations and requirements.
54.30-10 Method of performing mechanical stress relief.
54.30-15 Requirement for analysis and computation.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703;
E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of
Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
Subpart 54.01_General Requirements
Sec. 54.01-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of
change in the Federal Register and make the material available to the
public. All approved
[[Page 140]]
material is on file at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and
Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC
20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b)
of this section or at the National Archives and Records Administration
(NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA,
call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/
code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part and the sections affected are:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, section VIII, Division 1, Pressure
Vessels, July 1989 with 1989 addenda.........54.01-2; 54.01-5; 54.01-15;
54.01-18; 54.01-25; 54.01-30; 54.01-35; 54.03-1; 54.03-5; 54.05-
1; 54.10-1; 54.10-3; 54.10-5; 54.10-10; 54.10-15; 54.15-1;
54.15-5; 54.15-10; 54.15-13; 54.20-1; 54.20-3; 54.25-1; 54.25-3;
54.25-5; 54.25-8; 54.25-10; 54.25-15; 54.25-20; 54.25-25; 54.30-
3; 54.30-5; 54.30-10
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM A 20/A 20M-97a, Standard Specification for General Requirements for
Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels.....................54.05-10; 54.25-10
ASTM A 203/A 203M-97, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates,
Alloy Steel, Nickel.............................................54.05-20
ASTM A 370-97a, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical
Testing of Steel Products.......................................54.25-20
ASTM E 23-96, Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of
Metallic Materials...............................................54.05-5
ASTM E 208-95a, Standard Test Method for Conducting Drop-Weight Test to
Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of Ferritic Steels
54.05-5
Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036
S-1.2, Safety Relief Device Standards--Cargo and Portable Tanks for
Compressed Gases, 1979..........................................54.15-25
S-1.2.5.2, Flow Test of Safety Relief Valves, 1979..............54.15-10
Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)
127 Park Street, NE. Vienna, VA 22180
SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions,
1978............................................................54.01-25
[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991 as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR
50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30,
1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR 53224, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR
67177, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-2002-13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002]
Sec. 54.01-2 Adoption of division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code.
(a) Pressure vessels shall be designed, constructed, and inspected
in accordance with division 1 of section VIII of the ASME (American
Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code, as limited, modified, or replaced
by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices
to division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code are adopted and shall be
followed when the requirements in section VIII make them mandatory. For
general information Table 54.01-1(a) lists the various paragraphs in
division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code which are limited, modified,
or replaced by regulations in this part.
Table 54.01-1(a)--Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of
Division 1 of Section VIII, ASME Code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paragraphs in Section VIII, ASME Code \1\
and disposition Unit of this part
------------------------------------------------------------------------
U-1 and U-2 modified by................... 54.01-5 through 54.01-16.
U-1(c) replaced by........................ 54.01-5.
U-1(d) replaced by........................ 54.01-5(a) and 54.01-15.
U-1(e) modified by........................ 54.01-10.
U-1(h) replaced by........................ 54.01-15.
UG-11 modified by......................... 54.01-25.
UG-22 modified by......................... 54.01-30.
UG-25 modified by......................... 54.01-35.
UG-28 modified by......................... 54.01-40.
UG-84 replaced by......................... 54.05-1.
UG-90 through UG-103 modified by.......... 54.10-1.
UG-90 and UG-91 replaced by............... 54.10-3.
UG-92 through UG-103 modified by.......... 54.10-3.
UG-98 reproduced by....................... 54.10-5.
UG-99 modified by......................... 54.10-10.
UG-100 modified by........................ 54.10-15.
UG-115 through UG-120 modified by......... 54.10-1.
UG-116, except (k) replaced by............ 54.10-20(a).
UG-116(k) replaced by..................... 54.10-20(b).
UG-117 replaced by........................ 54.10-20(c).
UG-118 replaced by........................ 54.10-20(a).
[[Page 141]]
UG-119 modified by........................ 54.10-20(d).
UG-120 modified by........................ 54.10-25.
UG-125 through UG-134 modified by......... 54.15-1 through 54.15-15.
UG-125 modified by........................ 54.15-5.
UG-125 modified by........................ 54.15-10, 54.15-15.
UG-127 modified by........................ 54.15-13.
UW-1 through UW-65 modified by............ 54.20-1.
UW-2(a) replaced by....................... 54.01-5(b) and 54.20-2.
UW-2(b) replaced by....................... 54.01-5(b).
UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, UW-16 modified by.. 54.20-3.
UW-11(a) modified by...................... 54.25-8.
UW-26, UW-27, UW-29, UW-47, UW-48 modified 54.20-5.
by.
UW-52(c)(3) replaced by................... 54.20-10.
UB-1 modified by.......................... 54.23-1
UB-2 modified by.......................... 52.01-95(d) and 56.30-
30(b)(1).
UCS-6 modified by......................... 54.25-3.
UCS-25 replaced by........................ 54.25-5.
UCS-56 modified by........................ 54.25-7.
UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33, and UHT-57 54.25-8.
modified by.
UCS-65 through UCS-67 replaced by......... 54.25-10.
UHA-23(b) and UHA-51 modified by.......... 54.25-15.
UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23 modified by....... 54.25-20.
UHT-82 modified by........................ 54.25-20, 54.25-25.
UA-60 modified by......................... 54.15-3.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded.
The first letter ``U'' refers to division 1 of section VIII. The
second letter, such as ``G'', refers to a subsection within section
VIII. The number refers to the paragraph within the subsection.
(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph UG-125, indicate:
U=Division 1 of section VIII, Pressure Vessels, ASME Code.
G=Part containing general requirements.
125=Paragraph within part.
(c) When a paragraph or a section of the regulations in this part
relates to material in division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code, the
relationship with the code will be shown immediately following the
heading of the section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:
(1) (Modifies U------.) This indicates that the material in U------
is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.
(2) (Replaces U------.) This indicates that U------ does not apply.
(3) (Reproduces U------.) This indicates that U------ is being
identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6188, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 72-
206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2,
1975; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50963,
Dec. 11, 1989. Redesignated by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991]
Sec. 54.01-5 Scope (modifies U-1 and U-2).
(a) This part contains requirements for pressure vessels. Table
54.01-5(a) gives a breakdown by parts in this subchapter of the
regulations governing various types of pressure vessels, boilers, and
thermal units.
(b) Pressure vessels are divided into Classes I, I-L (low
temperature), II, II-L (low temperature), and III. Table 54.01-5(b)
describes these classes and sets out additional requirements for welded
pressure vessels.
(c) The requirements for pressure vessels by class are as follows:
(1) Class I-L and II-L pressure vessels must meet the applicable
requirements in this part.
(2) Pressure vessels containing hazardous materials as defined in
Sec. 150.115 of this chapter must meet the requirements of this part
or, as applicable, the requirements in 49 CFR parts 171-177 or part 64
of this chapter.
(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, Classes
I, II, and III pressure vessels not containing hazardous materials must
be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements in
Section VIII, division 1, of the ASME Code and must be stamped with the
ASME ``U'' symbol. These pressure vessels must also comply with the
requirements that are listed or prescribed in paragraphs (d) through (g)
of this section. Compliance with other provisions in this part is not
required.
(4) Classes II and III pressure vessels that have a net internal
volume of less than 0.14 cubic meters (5 cubic feet) and do not contain
hazardous materials must be stamped with either the ASME ``U'' or ``UM''
symbol. Compliance with other provisions in this part is not required.
(d) Pressure vessels described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section
must--
[[Page 142]]
(1) Have detailed plans that include the information required by
Sec. 54.01-18 (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under
OMB control number 2130-0181);
(2) Meet Sec. 54.01-35, Sec. 54.20-3(c), and Sec. 54.25-3 of this
part;
(3) Have pressure relief devices required by subpart 54.15;
(4) Meet the applicable requirements in Sec. Sec. 54.10-3, 54.10-
20, and 54.10-25 for inspection, reports, and stamping;
(5) If welded, meet the post weld heat treatment and minimum joint
and radiography requirement in Table 54.01-5(b); and
(6) If a steam generating pressure vessel, meet Sec. 54.01-10.
(e) The plans required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be
certified by a registered professional engineer to meet the design
requirements in paragraph (d) of this section and in section VIII,
division 1, of the ASME Code. The certification must appear on all
drawings and analyses. The plans must be made available to the Coast
Guard prior to the inspection required by Sec. 54.10-3(c).
(f) If a pressure vessel has more than one independent chamber and
the chambers have different classifications, each chamber must, as a
minimum, meet the requirements for its classification. If a single
classification for the entire pressure vessel is preferred, the
classification selected must be one that is required to meet all of the
regulations applicable to the classification that is not selected. For
example, if one chamber is Class I and one chamber is Class II-L, the
only single classification that can be selected is Class I-L.
(g) The design pressure for each interface between two chambers in a
multichambered pressure vessel must be--
(1) The maximum allowable working pressure (gauge) in the chamber
with the higher pressure; or
(2) If one chamber is a vacuum chamber, the maximum allowable
working pressure (absolute) in the other chamber minus the least
operating pressure (absolute) in the vacuum chamber.
Table 54.01-5(a)--Regulation Reference for Boilers, Pressure Vessels,
and Thermal Units
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Part of Part of
subchapter subchapter
Service and pressure temperature boundaries regulating regulating
mechanical automatic
design control
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Main (power) boiler: All...................... 52 62
Pressure vessel: All.......................... 54 NA
Fired auxiliary boiler \1\ (combustion
products or electricity):
(a) Steam:
More than 103 kPa (15 psig)............... 52 \2\ 62 or
63
Equal to or less than 103 kPa (15 psig)... 53 63
(b) Hot water heating:
More than 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 [deg]C 52 63
(250 [deg]F).............................
Equal to or less than 689 kPa (100 psig) 53 63
and 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F)..............
(c) Hot water supply:
More than 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 [deg]C 52 63
(250 [deg]F).............................
Equal to or less than 689 kPa (100 psig) 53 63
and 121 [deg]C (250 [deg]F)..............
Other:
(a) Fired thermal fluid heaters: All........ 52 63
(b) Unfired steam boiler:
More than 206 kPa (30 psig) or 454 [deg]C 52 NA
(850 [deg]F) \3\.........................
Equal to or less than 206 kPa (30 psig) 54 NA
and 454 [deg]C (850 [deg]F)..............
(c) Evaporators and heat exchangers: More 54 NA
than 103 kPa (15 psig) \4\.................
(d) Unfired hot water supply or heating 54 NA
boiler: More than 103 kPa (15 psig) \4\....
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Including exhaust gas types.
\2\ Boilers with heat input ratings =12,500,000 Btu/hr. must
have controls that meet part 62. Boilers with heat input ratings
<12,500,000 Btu/hr. must have controls that meet part 63.
\3\ Temperature of working fluid.
\4\ Relief device is required even if designed for less than 103 kPa (15
psig).
[[Page 143]]
Table 54.01-5(b)--Pressure Vessel Classification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radiography
Class limits on Joint requirements requirements, Post weld heat Shop inspect. Plan approval
Class Service contents pressure and \1,6,7\ section VIII, ASME treatment required required required
temperature Code \3,7\ \5,7\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I................... (a) Vapor or gas... Over 600 p.s.i. or (1) For category Full on all butt For carbon or low Yes \4\...... Yes \4\.
(b) Liquid......... 700 [deg]F A; (1) or (2) For joints regardless alloy steel, in
(c) Hazardous Over 600 p.s.i. or category B. All of thickness. accordance with
materials \2\. 400 [deg]F. categories C and Exceptions listed Table UCS-56,
D must have full in Table UCS-57 regardless of
penetration welds of ASME Code do thickness. For
extending through not apply. other materials,
the entire in accordance
thickness of the with section
vessel wall or VIII, ASME Code.
nozzle wall.
I-L Low temperature. (a) Vapor or gas... Over 250 p.s.i. and (1) for categories Full on all butt For carbon or low Yes.......... Yes.
................... service A and B. All joints regardless alloy steel, in
(b) Liquid......... temperature below categories C and of thickness. accordance with
(c) Hazardous 0 [deg]F D must have full Exceptions listed Table UCS-56,
materials \2\. Over 250 p.s.i. and penetration welds in Table UCS-57 regardless of
service extending through of ASME Code do thickness. For
temperature below the entire not apply. other materials,
0 [deg]F. thickness of the in accordance
vessel wall or with section
nozzle wall. No VIII, ASME Code.
backing rings or
strips left in
place.
II.................. (a) Vapor or gas... 30 through 600 (1) or (2) for Spot, unless In accordance with Yes \4\...... Yes \4\.
................... p.s.i. or 275[deg] category A. (1), exempted by UW- section, VIII of
(b) Liquid......... through 700 [deg]F (2), or (3) for 11(c) of ASME ASME Code.
(c) Hazardous 200 through 600 category B. Code.
materials \2,3,6\. p.s.i. or 250[deg] Categories C and
through 400 [deg]F. D in accordance
with UW-16 of
ASME Code.
II-L Low temperature (a) Vapor or gas... 0 through 250 (1) for category Spot. The Same as for I-L Yes.......... Yes.
................... p.s.i. and service A; (1) or (2) for exemption of UW- except that
(b) Liquid......... temperature below category B. All II(c) of ASME mechanical stress
(c) Hazardous 0 [deg]F categories C and Code does not relief may be
materials \2\. 0 through 250 D must have full apply. substituted if
p.s.i. and service penetration welds allowed under
temperature below extending through subpart 54.30 of
0 [deg]F. the entire this chapter.
thickness of the
vessel wall or
nozzle wall.
III................. (a) Vapor or gas... Under 30 p.s.i. and In accordance with Spot, unless In accordance with Yes \4\...... Yes \4\.
(b) Liquid......... 0[deg] through 275 Section VIII of exempted UW-II(c) Section VIII of
(c) Hazardous [deg]F AMSE Code. of ASME Code. ASME Code.
materials \2,3,6\. Under 200 p.s.i.
and 0[deg] through
250 [deg]F.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Welded joint categories are defined under UW-3 of the ASME Code. Joint types are described in Table UW-12 of the ASME Code, and numbered ``(1),''
``(2)'', etc.
\2\ See Sec. 54.20-2.
\3\ See Sec. Sec. 54.25-8(c) and 54.25-10(d).
\4\ See Sec. Sec. 54.01-15 and 54.10-3 for exemptions.
\5\ Specific requirements modifying Table UCS-56 of the ASME Code are found in Sec. 54.25-7.
\6\ See Sec. 54.20-3 (c) and (f)
\7\ Applies only to welded pressure vessels.
[[Page 144]]
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control
number 2130-0181)
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; 55 FR
696, Jan. 8, 1990; CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990; CGD 85-061,
55 FR 41917, Oct. 16, 1990; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; USCG-
2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 54.01-10 Steam generating pressure vessels (modifies U-1(e)).
(a) Pressure vessels in which steam is generated are classed as
``Unfired Steam Boilers'' except as required otherwise by paragraph (b)
of this section. Unfired steam boilers must be fitted with an efficient
water level indicator, a pressure gage, a blowdown valve, and an
approved safety valve as required by Sec. 54.15-15. Unfired steam
boilers must be constructed in accordance with this part other than when
the pressures are more than 206 kPa (30 psig) or the temperatures of the
working fluid are more than 454 [deg]C (850 [deg]F) when such boilers
must be constructed in accordance with part 52 of this subchapter.
(b) Vessels known as ``Evaporators'' or ``Heat Exchangers'' are not
classified as unfired steam boilers. They shall be fitted with an
approved safety device as required under Sec. 54.15-15 and constructed
in accordance with this part.
(c) An evaporator in which steam is generated shall be fitted with
an efficient water level indicator, a pressure gage, and a blowdown
valve.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9436, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48044, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 54.01-15 Exemptions from shop inspection and plan approval (replaces
U-1(c) (6) through (9)).
(a) The following classifications are exempt from shop inspection
and plan approval requirements of this part:
(1) Vessels containing water at a pressure not greater than 100
pounds per square inch gage, nor a temperature above 200 [deg]F.,
including those containing air, the compression of which serves only as
a cushion. Air charging lines may be permanently attached provided the
air pressure does not exceed 15 pounds per square inch gage.
(2) Hot water supply storage tanks heated by steam or any other
indirect means when none of the following limitations is exceeded:
(i) A heat input of 200,000 B.t.u. per hour;
(ii) A water temperature of 200 [deg]F.;
(iii) A nominal water-containing capacity of 120 gallons; or
(iv) A pressure of 100 pounds per square inch gage.
The exemption of any tank under this subparagraph requires that it shall
be fitted with a safety relief valve of at least 1-inch diameter, set to
relieve below the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank.
(3)(i) Vessels having an internal operating pressure not exceeding
15 pounds per square inch gage with no limitation on size. (See UG-28(e)
of the ASME Code.)
(ii) Cargo tanks of pressure vessel configuration are not included
in the exemption in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section.
(4) Class I, II, and III pressure vessels that meet the requirements
of Sec. 54.01-5 (c)(3) and (c)(4).
(5) Condensers and heat exchangers, regardless of size, where the
design is such that the liquid phase is not greater than 100 pounds per
square inch gage and 200 [deg]F. and the vapor phase is not greater than
15 pounds per square inch gage provided system over pressure conditions
are considered.
(b) For fluid conditioner fittings see Sec. 56.15-1 of this
subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 77-
147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]
Sec. 54.01-17 Pressure vessel for human occupancy (PVHO).
Pressure vessels for human occupancy (PVHO's) must meet the
requirements of subpart B (Commercial Diving Operations) of part 197 of
this chapter.
[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978]
[[Page 145]]
Sec. 54.01-18 Plan approval.
(a) Manufacturers intending to fabricate pressure vessels, heat
exchangers, evaporators, and similar appurtenances, covered by the
regulations in this part shall submit detailed plans in accordance with
subpart 50.20 of this subchapter.
(b) The following information shall be submitted:
(1) Calculations for all pressure containment components including
the maximum allowable working pressure, the hydrostatic or pneumatic
test pressure, and the intended safety device setting.
(2) Joint design and methods of attachment of all pressure
containment components.
(3) Foundations and supports (design and attachment).
(4) Pertinent calculations for pressure vessel foundations and/or
supports.
(5) A bill of material meeting the requirements of section VIII of
the ASME Code, as modified by this part.
(6) A diagrammatic arrangement drawing of the assembled unit
indicating location of internal and external components.
Sec. 54.01-25 Miscellaneous pressure components (modifies UG-11).
(a) Pressure components for pressure vessels shall be as required by
UG-11 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) All pressure components conforming to an accepted ANSI (American
National Standards Institute) Standard referred to in an adopted code,
specification or standard or in this subchapter shall also be marked in
accordance with MSS (Manufacturers' Standardization Society) Standard
SP-25.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 54.01-30 Loadings (modifies UG-22).
(a) The loadings for pressure vessels shall be as required by UG-22
of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.
(b) In evaluating loadings for certain pressure vessel applications,
the Commandant may require consideration of the following loads in
addition to those listed in UG-22 of the ASME Code:
(1) Loading imposed by vessel's attitude in roll, list, pitch and
trim.
(2) Dynamic forces due to ship motions.
Sec. 54.01-35 Corrosion (modifies UG- 25).
(a) Vessels or portions of vessels subject to corrosion shall be as
required by UG-25 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
section.
(b) The pressure portions of pressure vessels shall:
(1) Normally have a corrosion allowance of one-sixth of the
calculated thickness, or one-sixteenth inch, whichever is smaller, added
to the calculated thickness as determined by the applicable design
formula.
(2) Be specifically evaluated in cases where unusually corrosive
cargoes will be involved, for the possible increase of this corrosion
allowance.
(3) Have no additional thickness required when acceptable corrosion
resistant materials are used.
(4) Not normally need additional thickness allowance when the
effective stress (either S or SE depending on the design formula used)
is 80 percent or less of the allowable stress listed in section VIII of
the ASME Code for calculating thickness.
(c) Telltale holes shall not be permitted in pressure vessels
containing dangerous fluids, such as acid, poison, corrosives, etc.
(d) Exemption from these corrosion allowance requirements will be
granted by the Commandant in those cases where:
(1) The contents of the pressure vessel is judged to be sufficiently
noncorrosive; and,
(2) Where the external surface is also protected from corrosion. A
suitable vapor barrier is adequate protection, while paint or other thin
coatings exposed to weather or mechanical damage are not acceptable.
Note: No applied linings except as provided in Part UCL of the ASME
Code shall be acceptable.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 72-59R, 37
FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972]
[[Page 146]]
Sec. 54.01-40 External pressure (modifies UG-28).
(a) The exemption from external pressure consideration provided by
the note under UG-28(f) does not apply.
(b) Vessels which may at times be subjected to partial vacuum due to
nature of the contents, temperature, unloading operations, or other
facet of employment shall either have vacuum breaker protection or be
designed for not less than one-half atmosphere of external pressure.
[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970]
Subpart 54.03_Low Temperature Operation
Sec. 54.03-1 Scope.
(a) The pressure vessels for low temperature operation shall be as
required by section VIII of the ASME Code as modified by this subpart.
Sec. 54.03-5 General.
(a) Requirements for ferritic steels, high alloy steels, and heat
treated ferritic steels are contained in Sec. Sec. 54.25-10, 54.25-15,
and 54.25-20 respectively of this subchapter.
(b) Requirements for toughness testing of material product forms and
weldments (including weld procedure qualification and production
toughness tests) are contained in subpart 54.05.
(c) Materials suitable for a given minimum service temperature may
be used in warmer service. Steels differing in chemical composition,
mechanical properties, or heat treatments from those specified may be
specially approved by the Commandant. Similarly, aluminum alloys and
other nonferrous materials not intended to be covered by these sections
may be specially considered by the Commandant for service at any low
temperature.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Subpart 54.05_Toughness Tests
Sec. 54.05-1 Scope (replaces UG-84).
(a) The toughness tests of materials used in pressure vessels shall
be as required by this subpart in lieu of requirements in UG-84 of the
ASME Code.
Sec. 54.05-3 Tests required.
(a) Where material or welding toughness tests are required by
Sec. Sec. 54.25-10, 54.25-15, 54.25-20, and subpart 57.03 or 57.06 of
this subchapter, the following requirements shall apply:
(1) Additional requirements for ferritic steels with properties
enhanced by heat treatment are in Sec. 54.25-20.
(2) Certified reports of toughness tests by the material
manufacturer will be acceptable evidence provided the specimens taken
are representative of the material delivered and that the material is
not subject to treatment during or following fabrication that will
reduce its impact properties. If such treatment is subsequently applied
to the material, test specimens shall be so taken and treated as to be
representative of the material in the finished vessel.
(b) The requirements of this subpart are also applicable to
nonpressure vessel type low temperature tanks and associated secondary
barriers, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of
this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 54.05-5 Toughness test specimens.
(a) Charpy V-notch impact tests. Where required, Charpy V-notch
tests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM Specification E 23
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 54.01-1), ``Notched Bar Impact
Testing of Metallic Materials'', using the Type A specimen shown in
Figure 4 of the specification. Special attention is drawn to the fact
that the Charpy Keyhole and U-notch specimens are not acceptable
substitutes for the Charpy V-notch specimen and shall not be used to
qualify materials within the scope of this subpart. Each set of Charpy
impact tests shall consist of three specimens. For materials \1/2\-inch
thick or less, the largest possible Charpy specimens for that thickness
shall be cut centered at the material's mid-thickness. For materials
thicker than \1/2\-inch, full size Charpy specimens shall be cut
centered at a location as near as practicable to a point
[[Page 147]]
midway between the material's surface and half-thickness. Except where
otherwise specified, transversely oriented specimens must be used. When
longitudinal specimens are used, the required energy values may not be
less than 1.5 times the values required for transversely oriented
specimens. In all cases the notch shall be cut normal to the material's
surface. Test specimens shall be taken at least one ``t'' from any heat
treated edge (where ``t'' is the material's nominal thickness).
(b) Drop weight tests. Where required, drop weight tests shall be
conducted for no-break performance in accordance with ASTM Specification
E 208 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 54.01-1), ``Conducting Drop-
Weight Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of
Ferritic Steels''. For material thicknesses between \1/2\-inch and \5/
8\-inch, the ASTM E-208 specimen P-3, machined to \1/2\-inch thickness,
shall be used with a stop distance of 0.090-inch. In preparing weld
specimens for dropweight testing, weld reinforcement shall be ground
flush, the hard facing bead centered on and transverse to the weld, and
the notch centered on and parallel to the weld axis.
(c) Retest procedures. (1) When Charpy V-notch impact specimens are
used and the average value of the three initial specimens fails to meet
the stated requirements by an amount not exceeding 15 percent, or the
value for more than one specimen is below the required average value of
when the value for one specimen is below the minimum value permitted for
a single specimen by an amount not exceeding 15 percent, three
additional specimens from the same material may be tested and the
results combined with those previously obtained to form a new average.
This new average of six specimens must exceed the specified minimum
average. In the event the Charpy retests fail, the material may still be
qualified by exhibiting a no-break performance when tested in accordance
with the drop weight procedure, if applicable. Two drop weight specimens
shall be tested for each Charpy V-notch set of three initial specimens
which failed to qualify. Failure of either or both of these drop weight
specimens will constitute rejection of the material or weldments
represented, except as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(2) When drop weight specimens are used, retests shall be permitted
only within the limits prescribed in ASTM Specification E 208
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 54.01-1), except as outlined in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(3) If, for heat treated base material, the required toughness
results are not obtained in the initial test or in the retest, the
material may be reheat treated one time and tested again in accordance
with the initial requirements for the material.
(d) Alternate toughness tests. The Charpy V-notch impact values of
Sec. Sec. 54.05-20(a) and 54.05-25(a) are representative of those which
correlate with the nil-ductility transition temperature determined by
the drop-weight tests for the steels specified in Sec. 54.25-10. For
materials for which there are other data showing suitable correlation
between Charpy V-notch and drop-weight tests, V-notch acceptance limits
different from those tabulated herein may be specially approved by the
Commandant, based upon the actual correlation. In the case of steels for
which the tabulated Charpy V-notch values can be shown to be
inapplicable or in the case of specially considered steels, or as an
alternative to complying with the tabulated impact requirements,
acceptance may be based upon the material exhibiting a no-break
performance when tested in accordance with the drop-weight procedure.
Whenever the drop-weight test is used as an alternative to the Charpy V-
notch test, two drop-weight specimens shall be tested for each set of
three Charpy V-notch specimens otherwise required. If the drop-weight
test cannot be performed because of material thickness limitations (less
than one-half inch) or product shape, or is otherwise inapplicable
(because of heat treatment, chemistry, etc.), other tests and/or test
criteria will be specified by the Commandant to assure the adequacy of
the material for the intended application.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40163, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
[[Page 148]]
Sec. 54.05-6 Toughness test temperatures.
Each toughness test must be conducted at temperatures not warmer
than -20 [deg]F or 10 [deg]F below the minimum service temperature,
whichever is lower, except that for service at or below -320 [deg]F, the
tests may be conducted at the service temperature in accordance with
Sec. 54.25-10(a)(2).
[CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]
Sec. 54.05-10 Certification of material toughness tests.
(a) Plate material. The manufacturer of plates may certify such
material, provided it has been given an appropriate heat-treatment, by
reporting the results of tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens or
of two drop weight specimens, as applicable, taken from each plate as
rolled. Impact specimens shall be taken as outlined in section 12 of
ASTM A 20 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 54.01-1). The long axis
of the Charpy specimen must be perpendicular to the final direction of
rolling. When the direction of maximum stress is unknown, the
manufacturer may certify on the basis of specimens taken parallel to the
final direction of rolling.
(b) Pipe or tube material. (1) The manufacturer of pipe, tube, or
welded fittings formed from pipe or tube may certify such material by
reporting the results of tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens,
provided the requirement for production in this paragraph (b)(1) or
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, as well as the requirement for
sampling in paragraph (b)(3) of this section are met. The specimens
shall have the major axis parallel to the length of pipe or tube. In the
case of welding fittings, the specimens may be taken from the tubing
prior to forming provided the fittings are normalized after forming.
Such specimens shall be normalized before testing.
(2) One set of specimens may represent each five (5) short tons, or
less, of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings produced from one heat of
steel poured from a single melting furnace charge and subsequently
processed in the same manner, provided all are given a normalizing heat-
treatment in a continuous treating furnace in which the temperature is
automatically controlled and checked by recording pyrometer.
(3) One set of specimens may represent each five (5) short tons, or
less, of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings that have been given a
normalizing heat-treatment as a single charge in a batch-treating
furnace equipped with recording pyrometer provided all have been
produced from a single melting furnace heat and are subsequently
processed in the same manner. If more than one melting furnace heat is
present in the batch heat-treating furnace, means of identification
shall be provided and one set of specimens shall be taken from each
heat.
(4) One set of impact specimens shall be taken from one pipe or tube
picked at random from each heat or furnace batch or portion thereof to
be certified.
(c) Forgings and forged or rolled fittings. (1) The manufacturer of
forgings for any purpose may certify them by reporting the results of
tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight
specimens, as applicable, taken from each 5 short tons of product from
each melting heat provided the requirements in this paragraph for
production and sampling are met.
(2) One or more test blocks shall be cut from billets or blooms
selected at random from each heat of material. Each test block shall be
forge-reduced in thickness to the thickness of the finished forgings to
be certified, within the limitations set below. After forging to the
reduced thickness, the test block shall be heat-treated in the same
manner as the finished forgings represented, which heat-treatment of
test blocks may be carried out in the furnace with the forgings, or
separately. If carried out separately, both heat-treatments shall be
done in automatically controlled furnaces equipped with calibrated
recording pyrometers, the certified records of which shall be made
available to the inspector.
(3) One set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens,
as applicable, shall be cut from each such test block and these
specimens shall represent all forgings (up to 5 short tons) that are
from the same heat of material and given the same heat-treatment as the
test block, and the
[[Page 149]]
thickness of which does not differ from that of the test block by more
than plus or minus 50 percent of 1\1/2\ inches, whichever is less,
except that forged flanges and tube sheets thicker than 5\1/2\ inches
may be qualified from a 4-inch test block.
(4) As many test blocks shall be made as are required under the
foregoing rule in paragraph (c)(3) of this section to cover the weight
of product and range of thickness found in the forgings represented. The
major axis of the test specimens shall be parallel to the length of the
test block.
(d) Bars and shapes, rolled or forged. (1) The manufacturer of
forged or rolled bars and shapes may certify such by reporting the
results of one set of Charpy impact specimens, or two drop-weight
specimens, as applicable, produced from each 5 short tons from a single
melting furnace heat, processed in a similar manner and heat-treated as
a single furnace batch, if heat-treated. The impact specimens shall be
cut from the heaviest section, clear of fillets, of the shape being
tested with the axis of the specimens parallel to the axis of the bar or
shape.
(e) Castings. (1) The manufacturer of castings may certify them by
reporting the results of one set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-
weight specimens, as applicable, taken from each 5 short tons of product
from each melting furnace heat. These specimens shall be taken either
directly from a production casting or from test coupons cast attached
thereto provided the additional requirements in this paragraph are met.
(2) One set of Charpy impact or two drop-weight specimens may
represent all castings (up to 5 short tons) that are from the same heat
of material and that have a thickness that does not differ from the
thickness of the section from which the specimens were taken by more
than plus or minus 25 percent, or 1\1/2\ inches, whichever is less. A
wider range of thicknesses from one heat may be covered by taking
additional sets of specimens from thicker or thinner material as may be
required.
(3) The test specimens shall be heat-treated in the same manner as
the castings represented, which heat-treatment of specimens may be
carried out in the furnace with the castings represented, or separately,
but if carried out separately both heat-treatments shall be done in
automatically controlled furnaces equipped with calibrated recording
pyrometers, the certified records of which shall be made available to
the marine inspector.
(f) Small parts. The manufacturer of small parts, either cast or
forged, may certify a lot of not more than 20 duplicate parts or 5 short
tons, whichever is less, by reporting the results of one set of Charpy
impact specimens, or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, taken
from one such part selected at random, provided the same kind of
material and the same process of production were used for all of the
lot. When the part is too small to provide the specimens of at least
minimum size, no impact test need be made. For such parts too small to
impact test, toughness qualifications shall be determined by the
Commandant based on material, chemical, and mechanical properties.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CFR 73-254, 40 FR
40164, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67178, Dec. 1, 1999]
Sec. 54.05-15 Weldment toughness tests--procedure qualifications.
(a) Plate for which Charpy V-notch impact testing is required in the
parent material and for which V-notch minima are specified shall
similarly have welding procedures qualified for toughness by Charpy V-
notch testing. For these tests, the test plates shall be oriented with
their final rolling direction parallel to the weld axis (i.e., so that
transverse impact specimens result), and with the V-notch normal to the
plate surface. The sample weld joint preparation shall be the same as
that used in production. The number of test specimens and the location
of their notches shall be as shown in Figure 54.05-15(a) and as
described in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section.
(1) Three specimens with the notch centered in the weld metal.
(2) Three specimens with the notch centered on the fusion line
between parent plate and weld. (The fusion line may be identified by
etching the specimen with a mild reagent.)
[[Page 150]]
(3) Three specimens with the notch centered in the heat affected
zone, 1 mm from the fusion line.
(4) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this section, but 3 mm from the
fusion line.
(5) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this section, but 5 mm from the
fusion line.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.020
Figure 54.05-15(a)--Charpy V-notch specimen removal details
(b) Plate materials for which Charpy V-notch minimums are not
specified, or for which a Charpy V-notch correlation with NDT is not
known, and which are themselves tested for toughness by the drop-weight
procedure, shall have
[[Page 151]]
welding procedures similarly qualified by the drop-weight test. For such
qualifications, two drop-weight specimens are to be tested, with the
notch positioned directly above and parallel to the centerline of the
weld.
(c) Piping welding toughness tests shall be qualified, by making
Charpy V-notch impact tests as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(d) Materials which are specially approved based on toughness
criteria or tests, other than those discussed in paragraphs (a) and (b)
of this section, shall have welding procedures tested and qualified for
toughness as deemed appropriate and necessary by the Commandant.
(e) In the case of stainless steels, weld procedure toughness tests
may be limited to weld metal only if this is all that is required by
Sec. 54.25-15.
Sec. 54.05-16 Production toughness testing.
(a) For vessels of welded construction, production toughness test
plates shall be prepared for each 50 feet of longitudinal and
circumferential butt weld in each Class I-L vessel, or for each 150 feet
in each Class II-L vessel, except for material other than stainless
steel that is exempted from impact test requirements by this subchapter.
In the case of stainless steels, weld production toughness tests may be
limited to weld metal only if this is all that is required be Sec.
54.25-15. The test-plate thickness shall be the same as that of the
vessel wall at the location of the production weld being sampled. The
test plates shall be prepared, wherever possible, as run-off tabs
attached at the ends of weld butts or seams. The rolling direction of
the run-off tabs should be oriented parallel to the rolling direction of
the adjacent production material. The test-plate material shall be taken
from one of the heats of material used in the vessel, and both the
electrodes and welding procedures shall be the same as used in the
fabrication of the vessel. From each test plate, one set of three Charpy
impact bars or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable according to the
test used in procedure qualification, shall be taken transverse to the
weld axis. For Charpy V-notch specimens, the notch shall be normal to
the material surface and its location alternated (approximately) on
successive tests between the weld metal and heat affected zone. Thus,
approximately half of all weld production impact tests will be of weld
metal and half of heat affected zone material. For the weld metal tests,
the V-notch is to be centered between the fusion lines. For the heat
affected zone tests, the notch is to be centered so as to sample, as
nearly as practicable, the most critical location for toughness observed
in the weld procedure qualification tests. Where the drop weight
specimen is used in production weld testing, it shall be prepared in the
same manner as specified for procedure qualification testing, Sec.
54.05-15(b).
(b) For vessels not exceeding 5 cubic feet in volume, one set of
impact specimens, or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable according
to the test used in procedure qualification, may represent all vessels
from the same heat of material not in excess of 100 vessels, or one
heat-treatment furnace batch. In addition, when such vessels are welded,
one weld test plate made from one of the heats of material used, and two
sets of impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable,
cut therefrom, may represent the weld metal in the smallest of: One lot
of 100 vessels or less; or each heat-treatment furnace batch; or each 50
feet of welding for Class I-L vessels; or each 150 feet of welding for
Class II-L vessels.
(c) For several vessels or parts of vessels being welded in
succession, the plate thickness of which does not vary by more than one-
fourth inch, and which are made of the same grade of material, a test
plate shall be furnished for each 50 feet of welding for Class I-L
vessels or 150 feet of welding for Class II-L vessels. For each 50- or
150-foot increment of weld, as applicable, the test plates shall be
prepared at the time of fabrication of the first vessel involving that
increment.
(d) The test plates and any other test material from which toughness
test specimens are cut shall be given the same heat-treatment as the
production material they represent. Test specimens representing other
material than the weld toughness test plates shall preferably be cut
from a part of the
[[Page 152]]
vessel material but may be cut from like material that has been heat-
treated within the temperature range specified by the producer in
treating the actual vessel material.
(e) For nonpressure vessel type tanks and associated secondary
barriers, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4, subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of
this chapter, production toughness test plates shall be prepared in
accordance with paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section. One set of
toughness test plates shall be prepared for each 165 feet (50 meters) of
production butt type welds.
Sec. 54.05-17 Weld toughness test acceptance criteria.
(a) For Charpy V-notch impact tests the energy absorbed in both the
weld metal and heat affected zone impact tests in weld qualification and
production shall be:
(1) For weld metal specimens, not less than the transverse values
required for the parent material.
(2) For heat affected zone specimens, when the specimens are
transversely oriented, not less than the transverse values required for
the parent material.
(3) For heat affected zone specimens, when the specimens are
longitudinally oriented, not less than 1.5 times the transverse values
required for the parent material.
(b) For drop-weight tests both specimens from each required set
shall exhibit a no-break performance.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40164, Sept. 2, 1975]
Sec. 54.05-20 Impact test properties for service of 0 [deg]F and below.
(a) Test energy. The impact energies of each set of transverse
Charpy specimens may not be less than the values shown in Table 54.05-
20(a). Only one specimen in a set may be below the required average and
the value of that specimen must be above the minimum impact value
permitted on one specimen only. See Sec. 54.05-5(c) for retest
requirements.
Table 54.05-20(a)--Charpy v-notch impact requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum impact
value required Minimum impact
for average of value permitted
Size of specimen each set of 3 on one specimen
specimens foot- only of a set,
pounds \1\ foot-pounds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 x 10 mm........................ 20.0 13.5
10 x 7.5 mm....................... 16.5 11.0
10 x 5 mm......................... 13.5 9.0
10 x 2.5 mm....................... 10.0 6.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.
(b) Transversely oriented Charpy V-notch impact specimens of ASTM A
203 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 54.01-1) nickel steels must
exhibit energies not less than the values shown in Sec. 54.05-20 (a).
Requirements for 9 percent nickel steels are contained in Sec. 54.25-
20. Other nickel alloy steels, when specially approved by the
Commandant, must exhibit a no-break performance when tested in
accordance with the drop weight procedure. If, for such materials, there
are data indicating suitable correlation with drop-weight tests, Charpy
V-notch tests may be specially considered by the Commandant in lieu of
drop-weight tests. If the drop-weight test cannot be performed because
of material thickness limitations (less than one-half inch), or product
shape, or is otherwise inapplicable (because of heat treatment,
chemistry etc.) other tests or test criteria will be specified by the
Commandant.
(c) Where sufficient data are available to warrant such waiver, the
Commandant may waive the requirements for toughness testing austenitic
stainless steel materials. Where required, austenitic stainless steels
are to be tested using the drop-weight procedure and must exhibit a no-
break performance. Where data are available indicating suitable
correlation of Charpy V-notch results with drop-weight NDT or no-break
performance, Charpy V-notch tests may be specially considered by the
Commandant in lieu of dropweight tests. If the dropweight test cannot be
performed because of material thickness limitations (less than one-half
inch), or product shape, or is otherwise inapplicable (because of heat
treatment, chemistry, etc.) other
[[Page 153]]
tests and/or test criteria will be specified by the Commandant.
[CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975, as amended by USCG-2000-7790,
65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 54.05-25 [Reserved]
Sec. 54.05-30 Allowable stress values at low temperatures.
(a) The Coast Guard will give consideration to the enhanced yield
and tensile strength properties of ferrous and nonferrous materials at
low temperature for the purpose of establishing allowable stress values
for service temperature below 0 [deg]F.
(b) The use of such allowable stress values must be specially
approved by the Coast Guard for each application. Further information
may be obtained by writing to the Coast Guard (G-MSE).
(c) Submittals must include information and calculations specified
by the Coast Guard (G-MSE) to demonstrate that the allowable stress for
the material cannot be exceeded under any possible combination of vessel
loads and metal temperature.
[CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR
4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041,
61 FR 50727, 50728, Sept. 27, 1996]
Subpart 54.10_Inspection, Reports, and Stamping
Sec. 54.10-1 Scope (modifies UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-115 through
UG-120).
(a) The inspection, tests, stamping, and reports for pressure
vessels shall be as required by paragraphs UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-
115 through UG-120 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this
subpart.
Sec. 54.10-3 Marine inspectors (replaces UG-90 and UG-91, and modifies
UG-92 through UG-103).
(a) Only marine inspectors shall apply the Coast Guard Symbol. They
will not apply any other code symbol to pressure vessels.
(b) All pressure vessels not exempted under provisions of Sec.
54.01-15 shall be inspected by a marine inspector referring to
procedures outlined in UG-92 through UG-103 of the ASME Code and
Sec. Sec. 50.30-10, 50.30-15, and 50.30-20 of this subchapter. The
marine inspector will then stamp the vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol.
(c) Pressure vessels described in Sec. 54.01-5(c)(3), except
pressure vessels in systems regulated under Sec. 58.60 of this chapter,
must be visually examined by a marine inspector prior to installation.
The marine inspector also reviews the associated plans and
manufacturers' data reports. If, upon inspection, the pressure vessel
complies with the applicable requirements in Sec. 54.01-5, the marine
inspector stamps the pressure vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR
21810, May 20, 1982]
Sec. 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).
(a) The maximum allowable working pressure for a vessel is the
maximum pressure permissible at the top of the vessel in its normal
operating position at the operating temperature specified for that
pressure. It is the least of the values found for maximum allowable
working pressure for any of the essential parts of the vessel by the
principles given in paragraph (b) of this section and adjusted for any
difference in static head that may exist between the part considered and
the top of the vessel. (See UA-60 (a) of the ASME Code.)
(b) The maximum allowable working pressure for a vessel part is the
maximum internal or external pressure, including the static head
thereon, as determined by the rules and formulas in this Division (ASME
Code), together with the effect of any combination of loadings listed in
UG-22 of the ASME Code (see Sec. 54.01-30) which are likely to occur,
for the designated coincident operating temperature, excluding any metal
thickness specified as corrosion allowance. (See UG-25 of the ASME
Code.)
(c) Maximum allowable working pressure may be determined for more
than one designated operating temperature, using for each temperature
the applicable allowable stress value.
Note: Table 54.10-5 gives pictorially the interrelation among the
various pressure
[[Page 154]]
levels pertinent to this part of the regulations. It includes reference
to section VIII of the ASME Code for definitions and explanations.
Table 54.10-5--Pictorial Inter-Relation Among Various Pressure Levels With References to Specific Requirements
\1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pressures upon which
Pressure differential, psi \2\ Test pressures \3\ Relief device pressure relief device flow
settings capacity is based
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burst proof test (UG- ......................
101(m) of ASME Code).
Yield proof test (UG- ......................
101(j) of ASME Code).
Standard hydrostatic ......................
test (UG-99 of ASME
Code).
....................... ...................... Fire exposure, 120%
MAWP.
Pneumatic test (UG-100 ......................
of ASME Code).
....................... Rupture disk burst
(Sec. 54.15-13).
....................... ...................... Normal, 110% MAWP.....
------------------------------------
Maximum allowable Maximum allowable Maximum allowable
working pressure working pressure working pressure
(MAWP), UG-98 and UA- (MAWP), UG-98 and UA- (MAWP), UG-98 and UA-
60(a) of ASME Code. 60(a) of ASME Code. 60(a) of ASME Code.
------------------------------------
Design pressure, UG-21, Design pressure, UG-21 Design pressure, UG-21
and UA-60(b) of ASME and UA-60(b) of ASME and UA-60(b) of ASME
Code. Code. Code.
....................... Safety or relief value
setting (UG-133 of
ASME Code).
Operating pressure (UA- Operating pressure (UA- Operating pressure (UA-
60(f) of ASME Code). 60(f) of ASME Code). 60(f) of ASME Code).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For basic pressure definitions see Sec. 52.01-3(g) of this subchapter.
\2\ For pressure differentials above 3,000 pounds per square inch (p.s.i.), special requirements may apply.
\3\ For the basis for calculating test pressures, see UA-60(e) of the ASME Code.
Sec. 54.10-10 Standard hydrostatic test (modifies UG-99).
(a) All pressure vessels shall satisfactorily pass the hydrostatic
test prescribed by this section, except those pressure vessels noted
under Sec. 54.10-15(a).
(b) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be at least one and one-half
times the maximum allowable working pressure stamped on the pressure
vessel, multiplied by the ratio of the stress value ``S'' at the test
temperature to the stress value ``S'' at the design temperature for the
materials of which the pressure vessel is constructed. The values for
``S'' shall be taken from Tables UCS 23, UNF 23, UHA 23, or UHT 23 of
the ASME Code. The value of ``S'' at test temperature shall be that
taken for the material of the tabulated value of temperature closest to
the test temperature. The value of ``S'' at design temperature shall be
as interpolated from the appropriate table. No ratio less than one shall
be used. The stress resulting from the hydrostatic test shall not exceed
90 percent of the yield stress of the material at the test temperature.
External loadings which will exist in supporting structure during the
hydrostatic test should be considered. The design shall consider the
combined stress during hydrostatic testing due to pressure and the
support reactions. This stress shall not exceed 90 percent of the yield
stress of the material at the test temperature. In addition the adequacy
of the supporting structure during hydrostatic testing should be
considered in the design.
(c) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be applied for a sufficient
period of time to permit a thorough examination of all joints and
connections. The test shall not be conducted until the vessel and liquid
are at approximately the same temperature.
(d) Defects detected during the hydrostatic test or subsequent
examination shall be completely removed and then inspected. Provided the
marine inspector gives his approval, they may then be repaired.
(e) Vessels requiring stress relieving shall be stress relieved
after any welding repairs have been made. (See UW-40 of the ASME Code.)
[[Page 155]]
(f) After repairs have been made the vessel shall again be tested in
the regular way, and if it passes the test, the marine inspector may
accept it. If it does not pass the test, the marine inspector can order
supplementary repairs, or, if in his judgment the vessel is not suitable
for service, he may permanently reject it.
Sec. 54.10-15 Pneumatic test (modifies UG-100).
(a) Pneumatic testing of welded pressure vessels shall be permitted
only for those units which are so designed and/or supported that they
cannot be safely filled with water, or for those units which cannot be
dried and are to be used in a service where traces of the testing medium
cannot be tolerated.
(b) Proposals to pneumatically test shall be submitted to the
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for approval.
(c) Except for enameled vessels, for which the pneumatic test
pressure shall be at least equal to, but need not exceed, the maximum
allowable working pressure to be marked on the vessel, the pneumatic
test pressure shall be at least equal to 1.25 times the maximum
allowable working pressure to be stamped on the vessel multiplied by the
lowest ratio (for the materials of which the vessel is constructed) of
the stress value ``S'' for the test temperature of the vessel to the
stress value ``S'' for the design temperature (see UG-21 of the ASME
Code). In no case shall the pneumatic test pressure exceed 1.25 times
the basis for calculated test pressure as defined in UA-60(e) of the
ASME Code.
(d) The pneumatic test of pressure vessels shall be accomplished as
follows:
(1) The pressure on the vessel shall be gradually increased to not
more than half the test pressure.
(2) The pressure will then be increased at steps of approximately
one-tenth the test pressure until the test pressure has been reached.
(3) The pressure will then be reduced to the maximum allowable
working pressure of the vessel to permit examination.
(e) Pressure vessels pneumatically tested shall also be leak tested.
The test shall be capable of detecting leakage consistent with the
design requirements of the pressure vessel. Details of the leak test
shall be submitted to the Commandant for approval.
(f) After satisfactory completion of the pneumatic pressure test,
the vessel may be stamped in accordance with Sec. 54.10-20. A marine
inspector shall observe the pressure vessel in a loaded condition at the
first opportunity following the pneumatic test. The tank supports and
saddles, connecting piping, and insulation if provided shall be examined
to determine if they are satisfactory and that no leaks are evident.
(g) The pneumatic test is inherently more hazardous than a
hydrostatic test, and suitable precautions shall be taken to protect
personnel and adjacent property.
Sec. 54.10-20 Marking and stamping.
(a) Pressure vessels (replaces UG-116, except paragraph (k), and UG-
118). Pressure vessels that are required by Sec. 54.10-3 to be stamped
with the Coast Guard Symbol must also be stamped with the following
information:
(1) Manufacturer's name and serial number.
(2) Coast Guard number, see Sec. 50.10-30 of this subchapter.
(3) Coast Guard Symbol, which is affixed only by the marine
inspector.
(4) Maximum allowable working pressure ---- kPa (---- psig) at ----
[deg]C (---- [deg]F).
(5) Class.
(6) Minimum service temperature allowed, if below -18 [deg]C (0
[deg]F)
(7) Water capacity in liters (U.S. gallons), if a cargo carrying
pressure vessel.
(b) Multichambered pressure vessels
(replaces UG-116(k)). In cases where more than one pressure vessel is
involved in an integral construction, as with a heat exchanger, the
manufacturer may elect to class the component pressure vessels
differently. In such cases he shall stamp the combined structures as
required in paragraph (a) of this section with information for each
pressure vessel. Where an item for stamping is identical for both
vessels, as with name and address of manufacturer, it need not be
duplicated. However, where differences exist, each
[[Page 156]]
value and the vessel to which it applies shall be clearly indicated.
(c) Stamping data (replaces UG-117). Except as noted in paragraph
(d) of this section, the data shall be stamped directly on the pressure
vessel. The data shall be legibly stamped and shall not be obliterated
during the service life of the pressure vessel. In the event that the
portion of the pressure vessel upon which the data is stamped is to be
insulated or otherwise covered, the data shall be reproduced on a metal
nameplate. This plate shall be securely attached to the pressure vessel.
The nameplate shall be maintained in a legible condition such that it
may be easily read.
(1) Those parts of pressure vessels requiring Coast Guard shop
inspection under this part which are furnished by other than the shop of
the manufacturer responsible for the completed vessel shall be stamped
with the Coast Guard Symbol, the Marine Inspection Office identification
letters (see Sec. 50.10-30 of this subchapter) and the word ``Part'',
the manufacturer's name and serial number, and the design pressure.
(d) Thin walled vessels (Modifies UG-119). In lieu of direct
stamping on the pressure vessel, the information required by paragraph
(a) of this section shall be stamped on a nameplate permanently attached
to the pressure vessel when the pressure vessel is constructed of--
(1) Steel plate less than one-fourth inch thick; or
(2) Nonferrous plate less than one-half inch thick.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD 77-
147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]
Sec. 54.10-25 Manufacturers' data report forms (modifies UG-120).
(a) The Manufacturers' data report form, as provided by the Coast
Guard, shall be completed in duplicate and certified by the manufacturer
for each pressure vessel required to be shop inspected under these
regulations. The original of this form shall be delivered to the Coast
Guard inspector.
(b) Data forms for those parts of a pressure vessel requiring
inspection, which are furnished by other than the shop of the
manufacturer responsible for the completed unit, shall be executed in
triplicate by the manufacturer of the parts. The original and one copy
shall be delivered to the Coast Guard inspector who shall forward one
copy of the report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having
cognizance over the final assembly. These partial data reports, together
with the final inspection and tests, shall be the final Coast Guard
inspector's authority to apply the Coast Guard symbol and number. A
final data report shall be executed by the manufacturer or assembler who
completes the final assembly and tests.
(c) If a pressure vessel is required to be inspected in accordance
with Sec. 54.10-3(c), the manufacturer's data reports required by UG-
120 must be made available to the Coast Guard inspector for review prior
to inspection of the pressure vessel.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
2130-0181)
[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970 as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR
21810, May 20, 1982]
Subpart 54.15_Pressure-Relief Devices
Sec. 54.15-1 General (modifies UG-125 through UG-136).
(a) All pressure vessels built in accordance with applicable
requirements in Division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code must be
provided with protective devices as indicated in UG-125 through UG-136
except as noted otherwise in this subpart.
(b) The markings shall be in accordance with this chapter for
devices covered by Sec. 54.15-10.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR
35822, July 29, 1991]
Sec. 54.15-3 Definitions (modifies UA-60).
(a) Definitions applicable to this subpart are in Sec. 52.01-3 of
this subchapter.
Sec. 54.15-5 Protective devices (modifies UG-125).
(a) All pressure vessels must be provided with protective devices.
The protective devices must be in accordance with the requirements of
UG-125
[[Page 157]]
through UG-136 of the ASME Code except as modified in this subpart.
(b) An unfired steam boiler evaporator or heat exchanger (see Sec.
54.01-10) shall be equipped with protective devices as required by Sec.
54.15-15.
(c) All pressure vessels other than unfired steam boilers shall be
protected by pressure-relieving devices that will prevent the pressure
from rising more than 10 percent above the maximum allowable working
pressure, except when the excess pressure is caused by exposure to fire
or other unexpected source of heat.
(d) Where an additional hazard can be created by exposure of a
pressure vessel to fire or other unexpected sources of external heat
(for example, vessels used to store liquefied flammable gases),
supplemental pressure-relieving devices shall be installed to protect
against excessive pressure. Such supplemental pressure-relieving devices
shall be capable of preventing the pressure from rising more than 20
percent above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. The
minimum required relief capacities for compressed gas pressure vessels
are given under Sec. 54.15-25. A single pressure-relieving device may
be used to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph and paragraph (c)
of this section, provided it meets the requirements of both paragraphs.
(e) Pressure-relieving devices should be selected on the basis of
their intended service. They shall be constructed, located, and
installed so that they are readily accessible for inspection and repair
and so arranged that they cannot be readily rendered inoperative.
(f) Where pressure-indicating gages are used, they shall be chosen
to be compatible with the pressure to be indicated. The size of the
visual display, the fineness of graduations, and the orientation of the
display will be considered. In no case shall the upper range of the gage
be less than 1.2 times nor more than 2 times the pressure at which the
relieving device is set to function.
(g) The Commandant may authorize or require the use of a rupture
disk in lieu of a relief or safety valve under certain conditions of
pressure vessel use and design. See Sec. 54.15-13.
(h) Vessels that are to operate completely filled with liquid shall
be equipped with liquid relief valves unless otherwise protected against
overpressure.
(i) The protective devices required under paragraph (a) of this
section shall be installed directly on a pressure vessel except when the
source of pressure is external to the vessel, and is under such positive
control that the pressure in the vessel cannot exceed the maximum
allowable working pressure at the operating temperature except as
permitted in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
(j) Pressure-relieving devices shall be constructed of materials
suitable for the pressure, temperature, and other conditions of the
service intended.
(k) The opening through all pipes and fittings between a pressure
vessel and its pressure-relieving device shall have at least the area of
the pressure-relieving device inlet, and in all cases shall have
sufficient area so as not to unduly restrict the flow to the pressure-
relieving device. The opening in the vessel shall be designed to provide
direct and unobstructed flow between the vessel and its pressure-
relieving device.
(l) Safety devices need not be provided by the pressure vessel
manufacturer. However, overpressure protection shall be provided prior
to placing the vessel in service.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR
35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 54.15-10 Safety and relief valves (modifies UG-126).
(a) All safety and relief valves for use on pressure vessels or
piping systems shall be designed to meet the protection and service
requirements for which they are intended and shall be set to relieve at
a pressure which does not exceed the ``maximum allowable working
pressure'' of the pressure vessel or piping system. Relief valves are
not required to have huddling chambers for other than steam service. In
addition, safety valves used on vessels in which steam is generated
shall meet Sec. 52.01-120 of this subchapter except Sec. 52.01-
120(a)(9). For steam service
[[Page 158]]
below 206 kPa (30 psig), bodies of safety valves may be made of cast
iron. Safety relief valves used in liquefied compressed gas service
shall meet subpart 162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Specifications)
of this chapter as appropriate.
(b) Pilot-valve control or other indirect operation of safety valves
is not permitted unless the design is such that the main unloading valve
will open automatically at not over the set pressure and will discharge
its full rated capacity if some essential part of the pilot or auxiliary
device should fail. All other safety and relief valves shall be of the
direct spring loaded type.
(c) Safety and relief valves for steam or air service shall be
provided with a substantial lifting device so that the disk can be
lifted from its seat when the pressure in the vessel is 75 percent of
that at which the valve is set to blow.
(d) Safety and relief valves for service other than steam and air
need not be provided with a lifting device although a lifting device is
desirable if the vapors are such that their release will not create a
hazard.
(e) If the design of a safety or relief valve is such that liquid
can collect on the discharge side of the disk, the valve shall be
equipped with a drain at the lowest point where liquid can collect (for
installation, see UG-134 of section VIII of the ASME Code).
(f) Cast iron may be employed in the construction of relief valves
for pressures not exceeding 125 pounds per square inch and temperatures
not exceeding 450 [deg]F. Seats or disks of cast iron are prohibited.
(g) The spring in a relief valve in service for pressures up to and
including 250 pounds per square inch shall not be reset for any pressure
more than 10 percent above or 10 percent below that for which the relief
valve is marked. For higher pressures, the spring shall not be reset for
any pressure more than 5 percent above or 5 percent below that for which
the relief valve is marked.
(h) The rated relieving capacity of safety and relief valves for use
on pressure vessels shall be based on actual flow test data and the
capacity shall be certified by the manufacturer in accordance with one
of the following:
(1) 120 percent of the valve set pressure for valves rated in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Standard S-1.2.5.2.
(2) 110 percent of the valve set pressure for valves rated in
accordance with UG-131 of section VIII of the ASME Code.
(3) 103 percent of the valve set pressure for steam in accordance
with PG-69 of the ASME Code.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR
9436, Mar. 8, 1985]
Sec. 54.15-13 Rupture disks (modifies UG-127).
(a) Paragraph UG-127 of the ASME Code provides for the use of
rupture disks in series with spring loaded safety or relief valves.
(b) For certain pressure vessels containing substances which may
render a relief or safety valve inoperative, or where the installation
of a valve is considered impractical, the Commandant may authorize or
require the use of a rupture disk in parallel with or in lieu of a
spring loaded safety or relief valve. These rupture disks shall:
(1) Comply with the general provisions of Sec. 54.15-5 except as
noted otherwise in this section;
(2) Have a capacity for discharge such that the volume of release is
sufficient to prevent the internal pressure from exceeding 120 percent
of the ``maximum allowable working pressure'' with the pressure vessel
exposed to fire conditions (see Sec. 54.15-25); and,
(3) Operate at a pressure level which does not produce fatigue
failure of the disk. The normal maximum operating pressure multiplied by
1.3 shall not exceed the nominal disk burst pressure. (Notice that this
restriction for protection of the rupture disk will usually require
operation below the ``maximum allowable working pressure'' of the
pressure vessel and therefore should be considered in design.)
(c) All disks shall be oriented so that if rupture occurs, the disk
fragments and pressure vessel discharge will be directed away from
operating personnel and vital machinery.
[[Page 159]]
Sec. 54.15-15 Relief devices for unfired steam boilers, evaporators,
and heat exchangers (modifies UG-126).
(a) An approved safety valve set to relieve at a pressure not
exceeding the ``maximum allowable working pressure'' of the shell shall
be fitted to all unfired steam boilers and evaporators except for
evaporators of the atmospheric type designed for vapor discharge direct
to a distiller with no shutoff valve in the discharge line. The
distiller connected to atmospheric evaporators shall be fitted with a
vent to prevent a buildup in pressure. In no case shall the vent be less
than 1\1/2\ inches in diameter. Evaporators operating between
atmospheric pressure and 15 p.s.i.g., may use a rupture disc as an
alternative to the safety valve.
(b) Safety valves for use on pressure vessels in which steam or
pressure is generated shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 54.15-
10. Rupture discs used in lieu of these safety valves, as provided for
in paragraph (a) of this section, shall comply with the requirements of
Sec. 54.15-13.
(c) The relieving capacity of evaporator safety valves required by
paragraph (a) of this section shall be at least equal to the capacity of
the orifice fitted in the steam supply to the evaporator. The orifice
capacity shall be determined in accordance with the formula in paragraph
(c) (1) or (2) of this section as appropriate:
(1) Where the set pressure of the evaporator shell safety valve is
58 percent or less than the setting of the safety valve in the steam
supply:
W=51.45AP
(2) Where the set pressure of the evaporator shell safety valve
exceeds 58 percent of the setting of the safety valve on the steam
supply:
W=105.3A[radic] P1(P-P1)
where:
W=The required orifice capacity, in pounds per hour.
A=Cross-sectional area of rounded entrance orifice, in square inches.
The orifice shall be installed near the steam inlet or the coils or
tubes and where no orifice is employed the area used in the formula
shall be that of the inlet connection or manifold.
P=Set pressure of steam supply safety valve, in pounds per square inch,
absolute.
P1=Set pressure of evaporator shell safety valve, in pounds
per square inch, absolute.
(d) The relieving capacity of safety valves on unfired steam boilers
shall not be less than the maximum generating capacity of the unfired
steam boiler as certified by the manufacturer.
(e) On new installations and where the orifice size of an existing
unfired steam boiler or evaporator is increased, an accumulation test
shall be made by closing all steam outlet connections except the safety
valves for a period of five minutes. When conducting the accumulation
test, the water shall be at the normal operating level and the steam
pressure shall be at the normal operating pressure, and while under this
test the pressure shall not rise more than 6 percent above the safety
valve setting.
(f) A heat exchanger with liquid in the shell and the heating medium
in the tubes or coils, shall be fitted with a liquid relief valve
meeting the requirement of Sec. 54.15-5.
(g)(1) A heat exchanger with steam in the shell and liquid in the
tubes or coils at a pressure exceeding that in the shell, shall have a
liquid relief valve fitted to protect the shell against excess pressure.
(2) The discharge capacity of such relief valves shall be calculated
on the basis of the discharge from one tube using the difference in
pressures between that in the shell and that in the tubes and shall be
not less than that determined by the following formula:
Q=29.81KD 2[radic] P1-P2
where:
Q=Required relief valve discharge capacity, in gallons per minute, based
on relief valve set pressure.
P1=Pressure in the tube or coils, in pounds per square inch.
P2=Set pressure of the shell relief valve, in pounds per
square inch.
D=Internal diameter of the largest tube or coil, in inches.
K=Coefficient of discharge=0.62.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 72-206R, 38
FR 17226, June 29, 1973]
[[Page 160]]
Sec. 54.15-25 Minimum relief capacities for cargo tanks containing
compressed or liquefied gas.
(a) Each tank shall be fitted with one or more safety relief valves
designed, constructed, and flow tested in accordance with subpart
162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter.
Valves conforming to specification subpart 162.017 shall be limited to
use on tanks whose maximum allowable working pressure is not in excess
of 10 pounds per square inch. With specific approval of the Commandant,
such valves may be connected to the vessel in lieu of being directly
fitted to the tanks.
(b) The discharge pressure and the maximum overpressure permitted
shall be in accordance with Sec. 54.15-5.
(c) The rate of discharge for heat input of fire must meet the
following formula:
Q=FGA\0.82\
where:
Q=minimum required rate of discharge in cubic meters (cubic feet) per
minute of air at standard conditions 15 [deg]C and 103 kPa (60 [deg]F
and 14.7 psia).
F=fire exposure factor for the following tank types:
F=1.0 for tanks without insulation located on the open deck.
F=0.5 for tanks on the open deck having insulation that has approved
fire proofing, thermal conductance, and stability under fire exposure.
F=0.5 for uninsulated independent tasks installed in holds.
F=0/2 for insulated independent tanks in holds or for uninsulated
independent tanks in insulated holds.
F=0.1 for insulated independent tanks in inerted holds or for
uninsulated independent tanks in inerted, insulated holds.
F=0.1 for membrane and semi-membrane tanks.
G=gas factor of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.021
where:
L=latent heat of the material being vaporized at the relieving
conditions, in Kcal/kg (Btu per pound).
C=constant based on relation of specific heats (k), Table Sec. 54.15-
25(c) (if k is not known, C=.606(315)).
Z=compressibility factor of the gas at the relieving conditions (if not
known, Z=1.0).
T=temperature in degrees K=(273 + degrees C) (R=(460 + degrees F)) at
the relieving conditions (120% of the pressure at which the pressure
relief valve is set).
M=molecular weight of the product.
A=external surface area of the tank in m\2\ (sq. ft.) for the following
tank types:
For a tank of a body of revolution shape:
A=external surface area.
For a tank other than a body of revolution shape:
A=external surface area less the projected bottom surface area.
For a grouping of pressure vessel tanks having insulation on the
vessel's structure:
A=external surface area of the hold without the projected bottom
area.
For a grouping of pressure tanks having insulation on the tank:
A=external surface area of the pressure tanks excluding insulation,
and without the projected bottom area. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Figure 54.15-25(c) shows a method of determining the side
external surface area of a grouping of vertical pressure tanks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 161]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.022
Table 54.15-25(c)--Constant C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
k C
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.00.......................................... .606 (315)
1.02.......................................... .611 (318)
1.04.......................................... .615 (320)
1.06.......................................... .620 (322)
1.08.......................................... .624 (324)
1.10.......................................... .628 (327)
1.12.......................................... .633 (329)
1.14.......................................... .637 (331)
1.16.......................................... .641 (333)
1.18.......................................... .645 (335)
1.20.......................................... .649 (337)
1.22.......................................... .652 (339)
1.24.......................................... .658 (341)
1.26.......................................... .660 (343)
1.28.......................................... .664 (345)
1.30.......................................... .667 (347)
1.32.......................................... .671 (349)
1.34.......................................... .674 (351)
1.36.......................................... .677 (352)
1.38.......................................... .681 (354)
1.40.......................................... .685 (356)
1.42.......................................... .688 (358)
1.44.......................................... .691 (359)
1.46.......................................... .695 (361)
1.48.......................................... .698 (363)
1.50.......................................... .701 (364)
1.52.......................................... .704 (366)
1.54.......................................... .707 (368)
1.56.......................................... .710 (369)
1.58.......................................... .713 (371)
1.60.......................................... .716 (372)
1.62.......................................... .719 (374)
1.64.......................................... .722 (376)
1.66.......................................... .725 (377)
1.68.......................................... .728 (379)
1.70.......................................... .731 (380)
1.72.......................................... .734 (382)
1.74.......................................... .736 (383)
1.76.......................................... .739 (384)
1.78.......................................... .742 (386)
1.80.......................................... .745 (387)
1.82.......................................... .747 (388)
1.84.......................................... .750 (390)
1.86.......................................... .752 (391)
1.88.......................................... .755 (392)
1.90.......................................... .758 (394)
1.92.......................................... .760 (395)
1.94.......................................... .763 (397)
1.96.......................................... .765 (398)
1.98.......................................... .767 (399)
2.00.......................................... .770 (400)
2.02.......................................... .772 (401)
2.20.......................................... .792 (412)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c-1) For an independent tank that has a portion of the tank
protruding above the open deck, the fire exposure factor must be
calculated for the surface area above the deck and the surface area
below the deck, and this calculation must be specially approved by the
Commandant (G-MSE).
(d) In determining the total safety valve relieving capacity, the
arrangement and location of the valves on the tank will be evaluated.
The valves shall be placed so that a number of valves sufficient to
provide the required relieving capacity shall always be in communication
with the cargo vapor phase. The possible motions which the tank may see
in its intended service and attendant changes in cargo liquid level will
be considered. Shut off valves shall not be installed between
[[Page 162]]
the vessel and the safety relief valves. Manifolds for mounting multiple
relief valves may be fitted with acceptable interlocking shut off valves
so arranged that the required capacity of discharge will be ``lined up''
at all times.
(e)(1) Each safety relief valve shall be tested in the presence of a
marine inspector before being placed in service except as noted
otherwise in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The test shall
satisfactorily show that the valve will start to discharge at the
required minimum pressure.
(2) Each safety relief valve fitted with a breaking pin and rupture
disk need not be tested in the presence of a marine inspector before
being placed in service. In lieu thereof, a certificate shall be
furnished with the valve attested to by the manufacturer that the test
requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section have been met.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 74-289, 44 FR
26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072,
60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996;
USCG-2004-18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004]
Subpart 54.20_Fabrication by Welding
Sec. 54.20-1 Scope (modifies UW-1 through UW-65).
(a) Pressure vessels and vessel parts that are fabricated by welding
shall be as required by paragraphs UW-1 through UW-65 of section VIII of
the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subchapter.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 54.20-2 Fabrication for hazardous materials (replaces UW-2(a)).
(a) Pressure vessels containing hazardous materials as defined in
Sec. 150.115 of this chapter must be of the class and construction
required by subchapter D, I, O, or, when not specified, of a class
determined by the Commandant.
(b) Class III pressure vessels must not be used for the storage or
stowage of hazardous materials unless there is specific authorization in
subchapters D, I, or O.
[CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]
Sec. 54.20-3 Design (modifies UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, and UW-16).
(a) Fabrication by welding shall be in accordance with the
provisions of this part and with part 57 of this subchapter.
(b) Welding subject to UW-11(a) of the ASME Code shall be modified
as described in Sec. 54.25-8 for radiographic examination.
(c) A butt welded joint with one plate edge offset, as shown in
Figure UW-13.1(k) of the ASME Code, may only be used for circumferential
joints of Class II and Class III pressure vessels.
(d) Attachment welds for nozzles and other connections shall be in
accordance with UW-16 of the ASME Code. When nozzles or connections are
made to pressure vessels, as shown in Figure UW-16.1 (a) and (c) of the
ASME Code, and are welded from one side only, backing strips shall be
used unless it can be determined visually that a full penetration weld
has been achieved.
(e) When fabricating by welding the minimum joint requirements shall
be as specified under the column headed ``minimum joint requirements''
in Table 54.01-5(b) for various classes of pressure vessels.
(f) Joints in Class II or III pressure vessel cargo tanks must meet
the following:
(1) Category A and B joints must be type (1) or (2).
(2) Category C and D joints must have full penetration welds
extending through the entire thickness of the vessel wall or nozzle
wall.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR
21810, May 20, 1982; CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]
Sec. 54.20-5 Welding qualification tests and production testing
(modifies UW-26, UW-28, UW-29, UW-47, and UW-48).
(a) Performance and procedure qualification. No production welding
shall be done until welding procedures and welders have been qualified
in accordance with part 57 of this subchapter.
(b) Tests. Production tests are required in accordance with Sec.
57.06-1 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
[[Page 163]]
Subpart 54.23_Fabrication by Brazing
Sec. 54.23-1 Scope (modifies UB-1).
(a) Fabrication by brazing shall be in accordance with the
provisions of this part and with part 57 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Subpart 54.25_Construction With Carbon, Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels
Sec. 54.25-1 Scope.
(a) The carbon, alloy, and heat treated steels used in construction
of pressure vessels and parts shall be as indicated in section VIII of
the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.
Sec. 54.25-3 Steel plates (modifies UCS-6).
(a) The steels listed in UCS-6(b) and UCS-6(c) of the ASME Code will
be allowed only in Class III pressure vessels (see Table 54.01-5(b)).
Sec. 54.25-5 Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS-25).
(a) The corrosion allowance shall be as required in Sec. 54.01-35
in lieu of requirements in UCS-25 of the ASME Code.
Sec. 54.25-7 Requirement for postweld heat treatment (modifies UCS-56).
(a) Postweld heat treatment is required for all carbon and low alloy
steel Class I, I-L, and II-L vessels regardless of thickness. (Refer to
Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements.)
(b) Cargo tanks which are fabricated of carbon or low alloy steel as
Class II pressure vessels, designed for pressures exceeding 100 pounds
per square inch gage and used in the storage or transportation of
liquefied compressed gases shall be postweld heat treated regardless of
thickness.
[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 54.25-8 Radiography (modifies UW-11(a), UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33,
and UHT-57).
(a) Full radiography is required for all Class I and Class I-L
vessels regardless of thickness. (Refer to Table 54.01-5(b) for
applicable requirements.)
(b) Class II-L vessels shall be spot radiographed. The exemption
provided in UW-11(c) of the ASME Code does not apply. (Refer to Table
54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements.)
(c) Each butt welded joint in a Class II or III pressure vessel
cargo tank must be spot radiographed, in accordance with UW-52,
regardless of diameter or thickness, and each weld intersection or
crossing must be radiographed for a distance of at least 10 thicknesses
from the intersection.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 85-061, 54 FR
50964, Dec. 11, 1989]
Sec. 54.25-10 Low temperature operation--ferritic steels (replaces
UCS-65 through UCS-67).
(a) Scope. (1) This section contains requirements for pressure
vessels and nonpressure vessel type tanks and associated secondary
barrier, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4 and Sec. 154.7 of this chapter,
and their parts constructed of carbon and alloy steels which are
stressed at operating or hydrostatic test temperatures below 0 [deg]F.
(2) The service temperature is the minimum temperature of a product
at which it may be contained, loaded and/or transported. However, the
service temperature shall in no case be taken higher than given by the
following formula:
ts=tw-0.25(tw-tB)
where:
ts=Service temperature.
tw=Boiling temperature of gas at normal working pressure of
container but not higher than +32 [deg]F.
tB=Boiling temperature of gas at atmospheric pressure.
Only temperatures due to refrigerated service usually need to be
considered in determining the service temperature, except pressure
vessel type cargo tanks operating at ambient temperatures must meet
paragraph (d) of this section. ``Refrigerated service'', as used in this
paragraph, means a service in which the temperature is controlled by the
process and not by atmospheric conditions.
[[Page 164]]
(b) Specifications. Materials used in the construction of vessels to
operate below 0 [deg]F. (but not below the designated minimum service
temperature) shall conform to a specification given in Table UCS-23 in
the ASME Code and the following additional requirements:
Note: For high alloy steels refer to Sec. 54.25-15. For heat
treated steels refer to Sec. 54.25-20.
(1)(i) For minimum service temperatures not lower than -67 [deg]F.,
ferritic steels shall be made with fine grain practice and shall have an
austenitic grain size of 5 or finer, and shall be normalized.
Consideration will be given to other heat treatments. Refer to Sec.
57.03-1(d) of this subchapter. Plate for pressure vessel applications
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 20 (incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 54.01-1). It may be produced by the open hearth,
basic oxygen or electric furnace process and shall conform to the
requirements of Table 54.25-10(b)(1). (Other alloying elements may only
be present in trace amounts.)
(ii) Mechanical properties shall be within the following limits:
Ultimate strength........................ --58,000 \1\-85,000 \1\
p.s.i.
Yield strength........................... --Minimum 35,000 p.s.i.
--Maximum 80 percent of
ultimate.
Elongation minimum....................... --20 percent in 8 inches, or
--24 percent in 2 inches, or
--22 percent in 5.65
[radic]A, where ``A'' is the
test specimen cross
sectional area.
Table 54.25-10(b)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manganese
Minimum service \1\ temperature [deg]F Max. C \1\ range \1\
percent percent
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-30........................................... 0.20 0.70-1.35
-50........................................... .16 1.15-1.50
-67........................................... .12 1.30-1.60
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ At service temperatures intermediate between those specified,
intermediate amounts of carbon and manganese will be allowed (in
proportion to the actual service temperature variation from that
listed), provided all other chemical and mechanical properties
specified for steels in this temperature range are satisfied.
Range
percent
Si.......................................................... 0.10-0.50
Maximum
S........................................................... 0.035
P........................................................... 0.035
Ni.......................................................... 0.80
Cr.......................................................... 0.25
Mo.......................................................... 0.08
Cu.......................................................... 0.035
Nb.......................................................... 0.05
V........................................................... 0.08
(2) For minimum service temperature below -67 [deg]F., but not below
the designated minimum service temperature, ferritic steels shall be
normalized, low carbon, fully killed, fine grain, nickel alloy type,
conforming to any one of the specifications in Table 54.25-10(b)(2).
Consideration will be given to other heat treatments. Refer to Sec.
57.03-1(d) of this subchapter for quenched and tempered steels. The
ultimate and yield strengths shall be as shown in the applicable
specification and shall be suitable to the design stress levels adopted.
The service temperature shall not be colder than the minimum specified
in Table 54.25-10(b)(2) for each steel.
Table 54.25-10(b)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steel Minimum service temperature
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-203, 2\1/4\ percent, Ni, normalized.... -80 [deg]F. for Grade A.
-75 [deg]F. for Grade B.
A-203, 3\1/2\ percent, Ni, normalized.... -130 [deg]F. for Grade D.
-110 [deg]F. for Grade E.
5 percent Ni, normalized................. Dependent on chemical and
physical properties.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) The materials permitted under paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this
section shall be tested for toughness in accordance with and shall
satisfy the applicable requirements of subpart 54.05.
(4) Welded pressure vessels or nonpressure vessel type tanks and
associated secondary barriers, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4 of subchapter
D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter shall meet the toughness requirements
of subparts 57.03 and 57.06 of this subchapter with regard to weld
procedure qualifications and production testing.
(5) The material manufacturer's identification marking required by
the material specification shall not be die-stamped on plate material
less than one-fourth inch in thickness.
(c) Design. Pressure vessels must meet the requirements for Class I-
L and II-L construction. (See Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable
requirements). Except as permitted by Sec. 54.05-30, the allowable
stress values used in the design of low temperature pressure vessels may
not exceed those given in Table UCS-23 of the ASME Code for temperatures
of 0 [deg]F. to 650 [deg]F. For materials not listed in this Table
allowable stress values are determined in accordance
[[Page 165]]
with Appendix P of Section VIII of the ASME Code.
(d) Weldments and all materials used in pressure vessel type cargo
tanks operating at ambient temperatures and constructed of materials
listed in Table UCS-23 must pass Charpy impact tests in accordance with
UG-84 at a temperature of -20 [deg]F or colder, except as provided by
paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section.
(1) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following
ASTM materials if the thickness for each is \5/8\ inch or less, unless
otherwise indicated:
(i) A-182, normalized and tempered.
(ii) A-302, Grades C and D.
(iii) A-336, Grades F21 and F22 that are normalized and tempered.
(iv) A-387, Grades 21 and 22 that are normalized and tempered.
(v) A-516, Grades 55 and 60.
(vi) A-533, Grades B and C.
(vii) All other plates, structural shapes and bars, and other
product forms, except for bolting, if produced to a fine grain practice
and normalized.
(2) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following
ASTM materials if the thickness for each is 1\1/4\ inch or less:
(i) A-203.
(ii) A-508, Class 1.
(iii) A-516, normalized.
(iv) A-524.
(v) A-537.
(vi) A-612, normalized.
(vii) A-662, normalized.
(viii) A-724, normalized.
(3) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following
bolt materials:
(i) A-193, Grades B5, B7, B7M, and B16.
(ii) A-307, Grade B
(iii) A-325, Type 1.
(iv) A-449.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974; CGD 74-
289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987;
CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67178,
Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 54.25-15 Low temperature operation--high alloy steels (modifies
UHA-23(b) and UHA-51).
(a) Toughness tests for the materials listed in UHA-51(a) of the
ASME Code for service temperatures below -425 [deg]F., UHA-51(b)(1)
through (5) for service temperatures below 0 [deg]F., and UHA-51(c) for
all service temperatures, shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements of subpart 54.05. These requirements are also applicable to
nonpressure vessel type, low temperature tanks and associated secondary
barriers, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4 in subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of
this chapter. Such tests are required regardless of the vessel's design
stress. Service temperature is defined in Sec. 54.25-10(a)(2).
(b) Materials for pressure vessels with service temperatures below -
320 [deg]F. shall be of the stabilized or low carbon (less than 0.10
percent) austenitic stainless steel type, produced according to the
applicable specifications of Table UHA-23 of the ASME Code. These
materials and their weldments shall be tested for toughness according to
the requirements of subpart 54.05 except that the Charpy V-notch testing
acceptance criteria will be in accordance with UHT-6(a)(4) and (5) of
the ASME Code.''
(c) Except as permitted by Sec. 54.05-30, the allowable stress
values used in the design of low temperature pressure vessels may not
exceed those given in Table UHA-23 of the ASME Code for temperatures of
-20 [deg]F. to 100 [deg]F.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-133R, 39
FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975]
Sec. 54.25-20 Low temperature operation--ferritic steels with properties
enhanced by heat treatment (modifies UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23, and UHT-82).
(a) For service temperatures below 0 [deg]F. but not below the
designated minimum service temperature, steel conforming to the
specifications of Table 54.25-20(a) may be used in the fabrication of
pressure vessels and nonpressure vessel tanks and associated secondary
barriers, as defined in Sec. 38.05-4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of
this chapter. The ultimate and yield
[[Page 166]]
strengths shall be as shown in the applicable specification and shall be
suitable for the design stress levels adopted. The service temperature
shall not be colder than -320 [deg]F. Service temperature is defined in
Sec. 54.25-10(a) (2).
Table 54.25-20(a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum
service
Steel temperature,
[deg]F.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-333, 9 percent Ni, grade 8.............................. -320
A-334, 9 percent Ni, grade 8.............................. -320
A-353, 9 percent Ni, double normalized and tempered....... -320
A-522, 9 percent Ni, NNT, Q and T, forging................ -320
A-553, 9 percent Ni, quenched and tempered................ -320
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) The materials permitted under paragraph (a) of this section
shall be tested for toughness in accordance with the requirements of
UHT-6 of the ASME Code except that tests shall be conducted at the
temperature specified in Sec. 54.05-6 in lieu of that in UHT-5(c) of
the ASME Code. Lateral expansion in a broken Charpy V-notch specimen is
illustrated in Figure 54.25-20(b) and shall be measured in accordance
with the procedure outlined in ASTM A 370 (incorporated by reference,
see Sec. 54.01-1).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.023
[[Page 167]]
(c) The qualification of welding procedures and welders and weld
production testing for the steels of Table 54.25-20(a) shall conform to
the requirements of part 57 of this subchapter and subpart 54.05 except
that the Charpy V-notch testing acceptance criteria shall be in
accordance with UHT-6(a) (4) and (5) of the ASME Code.
(d) The values of absorbed energy in foot-pounds and of fracture
appearance in percentage shear, which are recorded for information when
complying with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall also be
reported to the marine inspector or the Commandant, as applicable.
(e) Except as permitted by Sec. 54.05-30, the allowable stress
values may not exceed those given in Table UHT-23 of the ASME Code for
temperatures of 150 [deg]F. and below.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-133R, 39
FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 54.25-25 Welding of quenched and tempered steels (modifies UHT-82).
(a) The welding requirements in UHT-82 of the ASME Code shall be
modified to require that the qualification of welding procedures and
welders and weld production testing shall conform to the requirements of
part 57 of this subchapter. The requirements are Sec. 57.03-1(d) of
this subchapter are applicable to welded pressure vessels and
nonpressure vessel type tanks of quenched and tempered steels other than
9 percent nickel.
(b) [Reserved]
Subpart 54.30_Mechanical Stress Relief
Sec. 54.30-1 Scope.
(a) Certain pressure vessels may be mechanically stress relieved in
accordance with the requirements in this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 54.30-3 Introduction.
(a) Large conventional pressure vessels used to transport liquefied
petroleum and natural gases, at ``low temperatures'' may often be
difficult to thermally stress relieve. Where no other problem, such as
corrosion exists, mechanical stress relief will be permitted for Class
II-L pressure vessels.
(b) Mechanical stress relief serves to cause small flaws,
particularly in the weld zone, to yield plastically at the flaw tip
resulting in a local relief of stress and a blunting of the crack tip.
To achieve the maximum benefit from mechanical stress relief, it is
necessary that the stresses so imposed be more severe than those
expected in normal service life. At the same time, it is necessary that
the stresses which are imposed are not so high as to result in
appreciable deformation or general yielding.
(c) The weld joint efficiencies as listed in Table UW-12 of the ASME
Code shall apply except that a minimum of spot radiography will be
required. UW-12(c) of the ASME Code which permits omitting all
radiography does not apply. Spot examination shall follow UW-52 of the
ASME Code and in addition these vessels will be required to have
radiographic examination of intersecting circumferential and
longitudinal joints for a distance of at least 20 times the plate
thickness from the junction. See Sec. 54.25-8 on spot radiography.
(d) Severe cold forming will not be permitted unless thermal stress
relief is used. For example, parts of the vessels which are individually
cold formed, such as heads, must be thermally stress relieved, where the
extreme fiber strain measured at the surface exceeds 5 percent as
determined by:
Percent strain=(65t/Rf)[1-(Rf/Ro)]
where:
t=Plate thickness.
Rf=Final radius.
Ro=Original radius (equals infinity for flat plate).
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG-2000-7790,
65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 54.30-5 Limitations and requirements.
(a) Class II-L pressure vessels which require stress relief (see
Table 54.01-5(b)) may be mechanically stress relieved provided:
[[Page 168]]
(1) The steels from which they are fabricated do not specifically
require thermal stress relief in UCS-56 of the ASME Code and have a
ratio of yield to ultimate tensile strength not greater than 0.8. For
example: A-537 steels could be mechanically stress relieved.
(2) Pressure difference across the shell is not greater than 100
pounds per square inch, thickness of shell is not greater than 1 inch,
and the design temperature is not greater than 115 [deg]F.
(3) It will carry liquids of specific gravity no greater than 1.05.
(4) Design details are sufficient to eliminate stress concentrators:
Mechanical stress relief is not acceptable in designs involving the
following types of welded connections shown in UW-16.1 of the ASME Code:
(i) Types l, m, n, and p because of nonintegral reinforcement. Type
o will be acceptable provided the plate, nozzle, and reinforcement
assembly are furnace stress relieved and the reinforcement is at least 6
inches or 10t, whichever is larger, from the plate head.
(ii) Types d, e, and f because expansion and contraction stresses
are concentrated at the junction points.
(5) That no slip-on flanges in sizes greater than 2 inches are used.
(6) The categories A and B joints are type one as described in Table
UW-12 of the ASME Code and all categories C and D joints are full
penetration welds. See UW-3 of the ASME Code for definition of
categories.
(b) When a pressure vessel is to be mechanically stress relieved in
accordance with Sec. 54.30-10(a)(1), its maximum allowable working
pressure will be 40 percent of the value which would otherwise be
determined. However, an increase of this 40 percent factor may be
permitted if the stress relief is carried out at a pressure higher than
that required by Sec. 54.30-10(a)(1) and an experimental strain
analysis is carried out during stress relief. This evaluation should
provide information as to the strains at the saddles, welded seams and
nozzles as well as the body of the vessel. The hydrostatic pressure
applied during stress relief should be such that, except in the case of
welds, the stresses in the vessel shall closely approach but not exceed
90 percent of the yield stress of the material at the test temperature.
The proposed experimental program should be submitted to the Commandant
for approval prior to its use. Photo-elastic coating, strain gaging, or
a brittle coating technique is suggested for the experimental analysis.
Sec. 54.30-10 Method of performing mechanical stress relief.
(a) The mechanical stress relief shall be carried out in accordance
with the following stipulations using water as the pressurizing medium:
(1) At a hydrostatic pressure (measured at the tank top) of 1\1/2\
times the design pressure. (See UA-60(e) of the ASME Code.)
(2) At a temperature of 70 [deg]F. or the service temperature plus
50 [deg]F., whichever is higher. Where the ambient temperature is below
70 [deg]F., and use of water at that temperature is not practical, the
minimum temperature for mechanical stress relief may be below 70 [deg]F.
but shall not be less than 50 [deg]F. above service temperature.
(3) The stress relief shall be at the required temperature and
pressure and held for a period not less than 2 hours per inch of metal
thickness, but in no case less than 2 hours.
(b) It is considered preferable that mechanical stress relief be
accomplished with the tanks in place on their saddles or supporting
structure in the barge or ship in which they will be utilized. In any
case, it is considered mandatory that the tank be supported only by its
regular saddles or supporting structure, without any auxiliary or
temporary supports.
Sec. 54.30-15 Requirement for analysis and computation.
(a) A stress analysis shall be performed to determine if the tank
may be exposed to excessive loadings during the mechanical stress relief
process. This analysis should include consideration of the local
stresses in way of saddles or other supporting structure and additional
bending stresses due to the weight of the pressurizing liquid
particularly in areas of high stress concentration. While it is
necessary that the general stress level during the process be in excess
of the normal
[[Page 169]]
working level, the calculated maximum stress during test shall not
exceed 90 percent of the yield strength of the material at test
temperature. The supporting structure shall be analyzed to verify its
adequacy.
(b) In all cases where the tanks are mechanically stress relieved in
place in the ship or barge and the tanks are designed to carry cargoes
with a specific gravity less than 1.05, the ship or barge shall be shown
to have adequate stability and buoyancy, as well as strength to carry
the excess weight of the tank during the stress relief procedure.
PART 56_PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES--Table of Contents
Subpart 56.01_General
Sec.
56.01-1 Scope (replaces 100.1).
56.01-2 Incorporation by reference.
56.01-3 Power boiler external piping (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2, 111.6,
122.1, 132 and 133).
56.01-5 Adoption of ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Code
B31.1 for pressure and power piping, and other standards.
56.01-10 Plan approval.
Subpart 56.04_Piping Classification
56.04-1 Scope.
56.04-2 Piping classification according to service.
56.04-10 Other systems.
Subpart 56.07_Design
56.07-5 Definitions (modifies 100.2).
56.07-10 Design conditions and criteria (modifies 101-104.7).
Subpart 56.10_Components
56.10-1 Selection and limitations of piping components (replaces 105
through 108).
56.10-5 Pipe.
Subpart 56.15_Fittings
56.15-1 Pipe joining fittings.
56.15-5 Fluid-conditioner fittings.
56.15-10 Special purpose fittings.
Subpart 56.20_Valves
56.20-1 General.
56.20-5 Marking (reproduces 107.2).
56.20-7 Ends.
56.20-9 Valve construction.
56.20-15 Valves employing resilient material.
56.20-20 Valve bypasses.
Subpart 56.25_Pipe Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting
56.25-5 Flanges.
56.25-7 Blanks.
56.25-10 Flange facings.
56.25-15 Gaskets (reproduces 108.4).
56.25-20 Bolting.
Subpart 56.30_Selection and Limitations of Piping Joints
56.30-1 Scope (replaces 110 through 118).
56.30-3 Piping joints (reproduces 110).
56.30-5 Welded joints.
56.30-10 Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1 (a)).
56.30-15 Expanded or rolled joints.
56.30-20 Threaded joints.
56.30-25 Flared, flareless, and compression fittings.
56.30-27 Caulked joints.
56.30-30 Brazed joints.
56.30-35 Gasketed mechanical couplings.
56.30-40 Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type.
Subpart 56.35_Expansion, Flexibility and Supports
56.35-1 Pipe stress calculations (replaces 119.7).
56.35-10 Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).
56.35-15 Metallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).
Subpart 56.50_Design Requirements Pertaining to Specific Systems
56.50-1 General (replaces 122.6 through 122.10).
56.50-10 Special gaging requirements.
56.50-15 Steam and exhaust piping.
56.50-20 Pressure relief piping.
56.50-25 Safety and relief valve escape piping.
56.50-30 Boiler feed piping.
56.50-35 Condensate pumps.
56.50-40 Blowoff piping (replaces 102.2.5 (d)).
56.50-45 Circulating pumps.
56.50-50 Bilge and ballast piping.
56.50-55 Bilge pumps.
56.50-57 Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.
56.50-60 Systems containing oil.
56.50-65 Burner fuel-oil service systems.
56.50-70 Gasoline fuel systems.
56.50-75 Diesel fuel systems.
56.50-80 Lubricating-oil systems.
56.50-85 Tank-vent piping.
56.50-90 Sounding devices.
56.50-95 Overboard discharges and shell connections.
[[Page 170]]
56.50-96 Keel cooler installations.
56.50-97 Instrument, control and sampling piping (modifies 122.3).
56.50-103 Fixed oxygen-acetylene distribution piping.
56.50-105 Low-temperature piping.
56.50-110 Diving support systems.
Subpart 56.60_Materials
56.60-1 Acceptable materials and specifications (replaces 123 and Table
126.1 in ANSI-B31.1).
56.60-2 Limitations on materials.
56.60-3 Ferrous materials.
56.60-5 Steel (High temperature applications).
56.60-10 Cast iron and malleable iron.
56.60-15 Ductile iron.
56.60-20 Nonferrous materials.
56.60-25 Nonmetallic materials.
Subpart 56.65_Fabrication, Assembly and Erection
56.65-1 General (replaces 127 through 135.4).
Subpart 56.70_Welding
56.70-1 General.
56.70-3 Limitations.
56.70-5 Material.
56.70-10 Preparation (modifies 127.3).
56.70-15 Procedure.
56.70-20 Qualification, general.
Subpart 56.75_Brazing
56.75-5 Filler metal.
56.75-10 Joint clearance (reproduces 128.2.2).
56.75-15 Heating (reproduces 128.2.3).
56.75-20 Brazing qualification.
56.75-25 Detail requirements.
56.75-30 Pipe joining details.
Subpart 56.80_Bending and Forming
56.80-5 Bending.
56.80-10 Forming (reproduces 129.2).
56.80-15 Heat treatment of bends and formed components.
Subpart 56.85_Heat Treatment of Welds
56.85-5 Heating and cooling method (reproduces 131.1).
56.85-10 Preheating.
56.85-15 Postheat treatment.
Subpart 56.90_Assembly
56.90-1 General.
56.90-5 Bolting procedure.
56.90-10 Threaded piping (reproduces 135.4).
Subpart 56.95_Inspection
56.95-1 General (replaces 136).
56.95-5 Rights of access of marine inspectors.
56.95-10 Type and extent of examination required.
Subpart 56.97_Pressure Tests
56.97-1 General (replaces 137).
56.97-5 Pressure testing of nonstandard piping system components.
56.97-25 Preparation for testing (reproduces 137.3).
56.97-30 Hydrostatic tests (reproduces 137.4).
56.97-35 Pneumatic tests (replaces 137.5).
56.97-38 Initial service leak test (reproduces 137.7).
56.97-40 Installation tests.
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306,
3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56
FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security
Delegation No. 0170.1.
Source: CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise
noted.
Subpart 56.01_General
Note: See Sec. 50.15-10 for general adoption of standards of the
ANSI (American National Standards Institute). The printing of portions
of the ``American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power
Piping,'' ANSI-B31.1, is with the permission of the publisher, The
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International, Three
Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016-5990. The adoption of this standard
ANSI-B31.1 for pressure piping and power piping is subject to specific
limitations or modifications as described in this part. Those
requirements in ANSI-B31.1 which are not referred to in this part are
adopted without change. Table 56.01-5(a) sets forth a general reference
to various paragraphs in ANSI-B31.1 which are limited, modified, or
replaced by regulations in this part.
Sec. 56.01-1 Scope (replaces 100.1).
(a) This part contains requirements for the various ships' and
barges' piping systems and appurtenances.
(b) The respective piping systems installed on ships and barges
shall have the necessary pumps, valves, regulation valves, safety
valves, relief valves, flanges, fittings, pressure gages, liquid level
indicators, thermometers, etc., for safe and efficient operation of the
vessel.
(c) Piping for industrial systems on mobile offshore drilling units
need not fully comply with the requirements of
[[Page 171]]
this part but must meet Subpart 58.60 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR
56799, Dec. 4, 1978]
Sec. 56.01-2 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain standards and specifications are incorporated by
reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the
Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section,
notice of the change must be published in the Federal Register and the
material made available to the public. All approved material is
available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) or at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--
regulations/ibr--locations.html.
(b) The standards and specifications approved for incorporation by
reference in this part, and the sections affected are:
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036
ANSI B1.1-82 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
56.60-1; 56.25-20
ANSI B1.20.1-83 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).............56.60-1
ANSI B1.20.3-76 (reaffirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)....56.60-1
ANSI B16.1-75 Cast Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250
and 800................................................56.60-1; 56.60-10
ANSI B16.3-85 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300
56.60-1
ANSI B16.4-85 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250...56.60-1
ANSI B16.5-81 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings......56.25-20; 56.30-10;
56.60-1
ANSI B16.9-86 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings....56.60-1
ANSI B16.10-86 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves
56.60-1
ANSI B16.11-80 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
56.30-5; 56.60-1
ANSI B16.14-83 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe
Threads..........................................................56.60-1
ANSI B16.15-85 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250
56.60-1
ANSI B16.18-84 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
56.60-1
ANSI B16.20-73 Ring-Joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe Flanges
VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels, 1986 with addenda...........56.15-1;
56.15-5; 56.15-10; 56.25-5; 56.30-10; 56.30-30; 56.60-15; 56.60-
1; 56.95-10
Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, 1986 with addenda
56.70-5; 56.70-20; 56.75-20; 56.0-1
ANSI B16.24-79 Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and
300..............................................................56.60-1
ANSI B16.25-86 Buttwelding Ends...............56.60-1; 56.30-5; 56.70-10
ANSI B16.28-86 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns
56.60-1
ANSI B16.29-86 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Drainage Fittings--DWV...........................................56.60-1
ANSI B16.34-88 Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.........56.20-1;
56.60-1
ANSI B16.42-87 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes
150 and 300......................................................56.60-1
ANSI B18.2.1-81 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Inch Series...56.25-20;
56.60-1
ANSI B18.2.2-87 Square and Hex Nuts....................56.25-20; 56.60-1
ANSI B31.1-86 Power Piping.......................................56.01-5
ANSI B36.10M-85 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe..........56.07-5;
56.30-20; 56.60-1
ANSI B36.19M-85 Stainless Steel Pipe....................56.07-5; 56.60-1
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section I, Power Boilers, 1986 with addenda56.15-5; 56.15-10; 56.60-1;
56.60-1; 56.70-15; 56.95-10 56.15-1
Section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels, 1986 with addenda
56.15-1; 56.15-5; 56.15-10; 56.25-5; 56.30-10; 56.30-30; 56.60-15;
56.60-1; 56.95-10
Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, 1986 with addenda
56.70-5; 56.70-20; 56.75-20; 56.85-10
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM A 36/A 36M-97a, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
56.30-10
[[Page 172]]
ASTM A 47-90 (1995), Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron
Castings.........................................................56.60-1
ASTM A 53-98, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless................56.10-5; 56.60-1
ASTM A 106-95, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
High-Temperature Service.........................................56.60-1
ASTM A 126-95, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,
Flanges, and Pipe Fittings.......................................56.60-1
ASTM A 134-96, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion
(Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over).............................56.60-1
ASTM A 135-97c, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded
Steel Pipe.......................................................56.60-1
ASTM A 139-96, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded
Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)......................................56.60-1
ASTM A 178/A 178M-95, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-
Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Manganese Steel Boiler and Superheater
Tubes............................................................56.60-1
ASTM A 179/A 179M-90a (1996), Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-
Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes........56.60-1
ASTM A 182/A 182M-97c, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled
Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for
High-Temperature Service.......................................56.50-105
ASTM A 192/A 192M-91 (1996), Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon
Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service.....................56.60-1
ASTM A 194/A 194M-98b, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel
Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
56.50-105
ASTM A 197-87 (1992), Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron
56.60-1
ASTM A 210/A 210M-96, Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon
Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes...............................56.60-1
ASTM A 213/A 213M-95a, Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and
Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes
56.60-1
ASTM A 214/A 214M-96, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-
Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes...........56.60-1
ASTM A 226/A 226M-95, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-
Welded Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes for High-Pressure
Service..........................................................56.60-1
ASTM A 234/A 234M-97, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of
Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature
Service..........................................................56.60-1
ASTM A 249/A 249M-96a, Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic
Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes...56.60-1
ASTM A 268/A 268M-96, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded
Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service
56.60-1
ASTM A 276-98, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and
Shapes...........................................................56.60-2
ASTM A 307-97, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 PSI Tensile Strength.....................................56.25-20
ASTM A 312/A 312M-95a, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded
Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes......................56.50-105; 56.60-1
ASTM A 320/A 320M-97, Standard Specification for Alloy/Steel Bolting
Materials for Low-Temperature Service..........................56.50-105
ASTM A 333/A 333M-94, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded
Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service................56.50-105; 56.60-1
ASTM A 334/A 334M-96, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded
Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service......56.50-105;
56.60-1
ASTM A 335/A 335M-95a, Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic
Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service....................56.60-1
ASTM A 350/A 350M-97, Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy
Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components
56.50-105
ASTM A 351/A 351M-94a, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic,
Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts....56.50-105
ASTM A 352/A 352M-93 (1998), Standard Specification for Steel Castings,
Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for
Low-Temperature Service........................................56.50-105
ASTM A 358/A 358M-95a, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded
Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
56.60-1
[[Page 173]]
ASTM A 369/A 369M-92, Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic
Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service...56.60-1
ASTM A 376/A 376M-96, Standard Specification for Seamless Austenitic
Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Central-Station Service........56.07-10;
56.60-1; 56.60-2
ASTM A 395/A 395M-98, Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron
Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures...56.50-60;
56.60-1; 56.60-15
ASTM A 403/A 403M-98, Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic
Stainless Steel Piping Fittings..................................56.60-1
ASTM A 420/A 420M-96a, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of
Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service
56.50-105; 56.60-1
ASTM A 520-97, Standard Specification for Supplementary Requirements for
Seamless and Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Tubular Products
for High-Temperature Service Conforming to ISO Recommendations for
Boiler Construction..............................................56.60-1
ASTM A 522/A 522M-95b, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8 and
9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low-
Temperature Service............................................56.50-105
ASTM A 536-84 (1993), Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
56.60-1
ASTM A 575-96, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant
Quality, M-Grades................................................56.60-2
ASTM A 576-90b (1995), Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon,
Hot-Wrought, Special Quality.....................................56.60-2
ASTM B 16-92, Standard Specification for Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar,
and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines.............................56.60-2
ASTM B 21-96, Standard Specification for Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and
Shapes...........................................................56.60-2
ASTM B 26/B 26M-97, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand
Castings.........................................................56.60-2
ASTM B 42-96, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard
Sizes............................................................56.60-1
ASTM B 43-96, Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe,
Standard Sizes...................................................56.60-1
ASTM B 68-95, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright
Annealed.........................................................56.60-1
ASTM B 75-97, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube....56.60-1
ASTM B 85-96, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings
56.60-2
ASTM B 88-96, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube
56.60-1
ASTM B 96-93, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate,
Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for General Purposes and Pressure Vessels
56.60-2
ASTM B 111-95, Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy
Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Stock.......................56.60-1
ASTM B 124-96, Standard Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy
Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes.....................................56.60-2
ASTM B 161-93, Standard Specification for Nickel Seamless Pipe and Tube
56.60-1
ASTM B 165-93, Standard Specification of Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS
NO4400) Seamless Pipe and Tube...................................56.60-1
ASTM B 167-97a, Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys
(UNS NO6600, NO6601, NO6603, NO6690, NO6025, and NO6045) Seamless Pipe
and Tube.........................................................56.60-1
ASTM B 171-95, Standard Specification for Copper-Alloy Plate and Sheet
for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, and Heat Exchangers............56.60-2
ASTM B 210-95, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Drawn Seamless Tubes.............................................56.60-1
ASTM B 234-95, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Drawn Seamless Tubes for Condensers and Heat Exchangers..........56.60-1
ASTM B 241/B 241M-96, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-
Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube...................56.60-1
ASTM B 280-97, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air
Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service.....................56.60-1
ASTM B 283-96, Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Die
Forgings (Hot-Pressed)...........................................56.60-2
ASTM B 315-93, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Alloy Pipe and
Tube.............................................................56.60-1
ASTM B 361-95, Standard Specification for Factory-Made Wrought Aluminum
and Aluminum-Alloy Welding Fittings..............................56.60-1
ASTM B 858M-95, Standard Test Method for Determination of Susceptibility
to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Copper Alloys Using an Ammonia Vapor
Test.............................................................56.60-2
ASTM D 635-97, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent
[[Page 174]]
and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position........56.60-25
ASTM D 1785-96b, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)
Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.........................56.60-25
ASTM D 2241-96b, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)................................56.60-25
ASTM D 2464-96a, Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl
Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings Schedule 80................56.60-25
ASTM D 2466-97, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40..............................56.60-25
ASTM D 2467-96a, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80..............................56.60-25
ASTM D 2665-97b, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl
Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings
56.60-25
ASTM D 2863-95, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Minimum Oxygen
Concentration to Support Candle-like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen
Index)..........................................................56.60-25
ASTM E 23-96, Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of
Metallic Materials.............................................56.50-105
ASTM F 682-82a (1993), Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel
Sleeve-Type Pipe Couplings.......................................56.60-1
ASTM F 1006-86 (1992), Standard Specification for Entrainment Separators
for Use in Marine Piping Applications............................56.60-1
ASTM F 1007-86 (1996), Standard Specification for Pipe-Line Expansion
Joints of the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application............56.60-1
ASTM F 1020-86 (1996), Standard Specification for Line-Blind Valves for
Marine Applications..............................................56.60-1
ASTM F 1120-87 (1993), Standard Specification for Circular Metallic
Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Piping Applications............56.60-1
ASTM F 1123-87 (1993), Standard Specification for Non-Metallic Expansion
Joints...........................................................56.60-1
ASTM F 1139-88 (1993), Standard Specification for Steam Traps and Drains
56.60-2
ASTM F 1172-88 (1993), Standard Specification for Fuel Oil Meters of the
Volumetric Positive Displacement Type............................56.60-1
ASTM F 1173-95, Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin
Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings to be Used for Marine Applications
56.60-1
ASTM F 1199-88 (1993), Standard Specification for Cast (All Temperature
and Pressures) and Welded Pipe Line Strainers (150 psig and 150 Degrees
F Maximum).......................................................56.60-1
ASTM F 1200-88 (1993), Standard Specification for Fabricated (Welded)
Pipe Line Strainers (Above 150 psig and 150 Degrees F)...........56.60-1
ASTM F 1201-88 (1993), Standard Specification for Fluid Conditioner
Fittings in Piping Applications above 0 Degrees F................56.60-1
ASTM F 1387-93, Standard Specification for Performance of Mechanically
Attached Fittings...............................................56.30-25
ASTM F 1476-95a, Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed
Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications.............56.30-35
ASTM F 1548-94, Standard Specification for the Performance of Fittings
for Use with Gasketed Mechanical Couplings, Used in Piping Applications
56.30-35
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association Inc. (EJMA)
25 North Broadway, Tarrytown, NY 10591
Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, 1980
56.60-1
International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section,
4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR United Kingdom
Resolution A.753(18) Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on
Ships...........................................................56.60-25
Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (FCI)
31 South Street, Suite 303, Morristown, NJ 07960
FCI 69-1 Pressure Rating Standard for Steam Traps................56.60-1
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings
Industry, Inc. (MSS)
127 Park Street NE, Vienna, VA 22180
SP-6-85 Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and
Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings..........56.25-10; 56.60-1
SP-9-87 Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges...........56.60-1
SP-25-88 Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and
Unions.........................................56.15-1; 56.20-5; 56.60-1
SP-44-85 Steel Pipe Line Flanges.................................56.60-1
SP-45-87 Bypass and Drain Connection Standard..........56.20-20; 56.60-1
SP-51-86 Class 150LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged
Fittings.........................................................56.60-1
[[Page 175]]
SP-53-85 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves,
Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components--Magnetic Particle
Examination Method...............................................56.60-1
SP-55-85 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and
Fittings and Other Piping Components--Visual Method..............56.60-1
SP-58-83 Pipe Hangers and Supports--Materials, Design and Manufacture
56.60-1
SP-61-85 Pressure Testing of Steel Valves........................56.60-1
SP-67-83 Butterfly Valves........................................56.60-1
SP-69-83 Pipe Hangers and Supports--Selection and Application....56.60-1
SP-72-87 Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General
Service..........................................................56.60-1
SP-73-86 Brazing Joints for Wrought and Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Pressure Fittings................................................56.60-1
SP-83-87 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded..........56.60-1
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)
400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pa 15096
J1475-84 Hydraulic Hose Fittings for Marine Applications........56.60-25
J1942-89 Hose and Hose Assemblies for Marine Applications.......56.60-25
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990, as
amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 95-012, 60 FR
48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30,
1997; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1999-6216, 64 FR
53224, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67178, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-
2004-18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004]
Sec. 56.01-3 Power boiler external piping (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2,
111.6, 122.1, 132 and 133).
(a) Power boiler external piping and components must meet the
requirements of this part and Sec. Sec. 52.01-105, 52.01-110, 52.01-
115, and 52.01-120 of this chapter.
(b) Specific requirements for power boiler external piping and
appurtenances, as defined in Sec. Sec. 100.1.1 and 100.1.2, appearing
in the various paragraphs of ANSI B31.1, are not adopted unless
specifically indicated elsewhere in this part.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990]
Sec. 56.01-5 Adoption of ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
Code B31.1 for pressure and power piping, and other standards.
(a) Piping systems for ships and barges shall be designed,
constructed, and inspected in accordance with B31.1, the ``Code for
Pressure Piping, Power Piping,'' of the ANSI (American National
Standards Institute), as limited, modified, or replaced by specific
requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices to ANSI-
B31.1 are adopted and shall be followed when the requirements in ANSI-
B31.1 or the regulations in this part make them mandatory. For general
information Table 56.01-5(a) lists the various paragraphs, etc., in
ANSI-B31.1 which are limited, modified, replaced, or reproduced by
regulations in this part.
Table 56.01-5(a)--Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of ANSI-
B31.1 Code for Pressure and Power Piping
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section or paragraph in ANSI-B31.1, and
disposition Unit in this part
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100.1 replaced by......................... 56.01-1.
100.2 modified by......................... 56.07-5.
101 through 104.7 modified by............. 56.07-10.
101.2 modified by......................... 56.07-10(a), (b).
101.5 replaced by......................... 56.07-10(c).
102.2 modified by......................... 56.07-10(d).
102.2.5(d) replaced by.................... 56.50-40.
102.3 and 104.1.2 modified by............. 56.07-10(e).
104.3 modified by......................... 56.07-10(f).
104.4 modified by......................... 56.07-10(e).
104.5.1 modified by....................... 56.30-10.
105 through 108 replaced by............... 56.10-1 through 56.25-20.
110 through 118 replaced by............... 56.30-1 through 56.30-35.
119.5.1 replaced by....................... 56.35-10, 56.35-15, 56.35-
35.
119.7 replaced by......................... 56.35-1.
122.3 modified by......................... 56.50-97.
122.6 through 122.10 replaced by.......... 56.50-1 through 56.50-80.
123 replaced by........................... 56.60-1.
Table 126.1 is replaced by................ 56.30-5(c)(3), 56.60-1.
127 through 135.4 replaced by............. 56.65-1, 56.70-1 through
56.90-10.
136 replaced by........................... 56.95-1 through 56.95-10.
137 replaced by........................... 56.97-1 through 56.97-40.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) When a section or paragraph of the regulations in this part
relates to material in ANSI-B31.1 Code (American National Standard Code
for Pressure Piping, Power Piping), the relationship with this code will
be shown immediately following the heading of the
[[Page 176]]
section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:
(1) (Modifies ------.) This indicates that the material in the ANSI-
B31.1 so numbered for identification is generally applicable but is
being altered, amplified or augmented.
(2) (Replaces ------.) This indicates that the material in the ANSI-
B31.1 so numbered for identification does not apply.
(3) (Reproduces ------.) This indicates that the material in the
ANSI-B31.1 so numbered for identification is being identically
reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.
(c) As stated in Sec. 50.15-10 of this chapter, the standards of
the ANSI (American National Standards Institute) specifically referred
to in this part shall be the governing requirements for the subject
matters covered unless specifically limited, modified or replaced by
other regulations in this subchapter. See Sec. 56.60-1(b) for the other
adopted commercial standards applicable to piping systems which also
form a part of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-
254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.01-10 Plan approval.
(a) Plans and specifications for new construction and major
alterations showing the respective piping systems shall be submitted, as
required by subpart 50.20 of this subchapter.
(b) Piping materials and appliances, such as pipe, tubing, fittings,
flanges, and valves, except safety valves and safety relief valves
covered in part 162 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter,
are not required to be specifically approved by the Commandant, but
shall comply with the applicable requirements for materials,
construction, markings, and testing. These materials and appliances
shall be certified as described in part 50 of this subchapter. Drawings
listing material specifications and showing details of welded joints for
pressure-containing appurtenances of welded construction shall be
submitted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
(c)(1) Prior to installation aboard ship, diagrams of the following
systems shall be submitted for approval:
(i) Steam and exhaust piping.
(ii) Boiler feed and blowoff piping.
(iii) Safety valve escape piping.
(iv) Fuel oil service, transfer and filling piping. (Service
includes boiler fuel and internal combustion engine fuel piping.)
(v) Fire extinguishing systems including fire main and sprinkler
piping, inert gas and foam.
(vi) Bilge and ballast piping.
(vii) Tank cleaning piping.
(viii) Condenser circulating water piping.
(ix) Vent, sound and overflow piping.
(x) Sanitary drains, soil drains, deck drains, and overboard
discharge piping.
(xi) Internal combustion engine exhaust piping. (Refer to part 58 of
this subchapter for requirements.)
(xii) Cargo piping.
(xiii) Hot water heating systems if the temperature is greater than
121 [deg]C(250 [deg]F).
(xiv) Compressed air piping.
(xv) Fluid power and control systems (hydraulic, pneumatic). (Refer
to subpart 58.30 of this subchapter for specific requirements.)
(xvi) Lubricating oil piping.
(xvii) Refrigeration and air conditioning piping. (Refer to part 58
of this subchapter for specific requirements.)
(2) Arrangement drawings of the following systems shall also be
submitted prior to installation:
(i) All Classes I, I-L, and II-L systems.
(ii) All Class II firemain, foam, sprinkler, bilge and ballast, vent
sounding and overflow systems.
(iii) Other Class II systems only if specifically requested or
required by regulations in this subchapter.
(d)(1) The drawings or diagrams shall include a list of material,
furnishing pipe diameters, wall thicknesses, design pressure, fluid
temperature, applicable ASTM material or ANSI component specification,
type, size, design standard, and rating of valves, flanges, and
fittings.
(2) Pump rated capacity and pump shutoff head shall appear on piping
diagrams. Pump characteristic curves shall be submitted for all pumps in
the
[[Page 177]]
firemain and foam systems. These curves need not be submitted if the
following information is shown on the drawing:
(i) Rated capacity and head at rated capacity.
(ii) Shutoff head.
(iii) Head at 150 percent rated capacity.
(3) Standard drawings of the following fabrication details shall be
submitted:
(i) Welding details for piping connections.
(ii) Welding details for nonstandard fittings (when appropriate).
(d-1) Plans of piping for industrial systems on mobile offshore
drilling units must be submitted under subpart 58.60 of this subchapter.
(e) Where piping passes through watertight bulkheads and/or fire
boundaries, plans of typical details of piping penetrations shall be
submitted.
(f) Arrangement drawings specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section are not required if--
(1) The location of each component for which there is a location
requirement (i.e., shell penetration, fire station, foam monitor, etc.)
is indicated on the piping diagram;
(2) The diagram includes, or is accompanied by and makes reference
to, a material schedule which describes components in sufficient detail
to substantiate their compliance with the regulations of this
subchapter;
(3) A thermal stress analysis is not required; and
(4) A dynamic analysis is neither required nor elected in lieu of
allowable stress reduction.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-
251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978, CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989;
CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
Subpart 56.04_Piping Classification
Sec. 56.04-1 Scope.
Piping shall be classified as shown in Table 56.04-1.
Table 56.04-1--Piping Classifications
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section in
Service Class this part
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal.............................. I, II................. 56.04-2
Low temperature..................... I-L, II-L............. 56.50-105
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54
FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 56.04-2 Piping classification according to service.
The designation of classes according to service is found in Table
56.04-2.
Table 56.04-2--Pressure Piping Classification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pressure
Service Class \1\ (p.s.i.g.) Temp. ([deg]F)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class B and C poisons \2\....... I................. any............... and............... 0 and above.
I-L............... any............... and............... below 0.
II................ (\3\ )............ (\3\ )............ (\3\ )
II-L.............. (\3\ )............ (\3\ )............ (\3\ )
Gases and vapors \2\............ I................. above 150......... or................ above 650.
I-L............... above 150......... and............... below 0.
II................ 150 and below..... and............... 0 to 650.
II-L.............. 150 and below..... and............... below 0.
Liquefied flammable gases \2\... I................. above 150......... and............... 0 and above. \1\
I-L............... above 150......... and............... below 0.
II................ 150 and below..... and............... 0 and above.
II-L.............. 150 and below..... and............... below 0.
Molten sulphur.................. I................. above 225......... or................ above 330.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 330 and below.
Cargo liquids Grades A through D I................. above 225......... or................ above 150.
\2\.
I-L............... above 225......... and............... below 0.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 0 to 150.
II-L.............. 225 and below..... and............... below 0.
Cargo liquids Grade E........... I................. above 225......... or................ above 400.
I-L............... above 225......... and............... below 0.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 0 to 400.
II-L.............. 225 and below..... and............... below 0.
[[Page 178]]
Water........................... I................. above 225......... or................ above 350.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 350 and below.
Fuels (Bunker, diesel, gasoline, I................. above 150......... or................ above 150.
etc.).
II................ 150 and below..... and............... 150 and below.
Lubricating oil................. I................. above 225......... or................ above 400.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 400 and below.
Asphalt......................... I................. above 225......... or................ above 400.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 400 and below.
Heat transfer oil............... I................. above 225......... or................ above 400.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 400 and below.
Hydraulic fluid................. I................. above 225......... or................ above 400.
II................ 225 and below..... and............... 400 and below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flammable or combustible dangerous Refer to specific requirements of
cargoes.. part 40 of this chapter.
Other dangerous cargoes............ Refer to specific requirements of
part 98 of this chapter.
------------------------------------
\1\ Where doubt exists as to proper classification, refer to the
Commandant for resolution.
\2\ For definitions, see 46 CFR parts 30, 151, and 154. Note that the
category ``B and C'' poisons is not used in the rules applying to self-
propelled vessels (46 CFR part 153).
\3\ Not permitted except inside cargo tanks approved for Class B and C
poisons.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49024, Sept. 26, 1977]
Sec. 56.04-10 Other systems.
Piping systems and appurtenances not requiring plan approval may be
accepted by the marine inspector if:
(a) The system is suitable for the service intended,
(b) There are guards, shields, insulation and similar devices where
needed for protection of personnel,
(c) Failure of the systems would not hazard the vessel, personnel or
vital systems, and
(d) The system is not manifestly unsafe.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]
Subpart 56.07_Design
Sec. 56.07-5 Definitions (modifies 100.2).
(a) Piping. The definitions contained in 100.2 of ANSI-B31.1 apply,
as well as the following:
(1) The word piping within the meaning of the regulations in this
subchapter refers to fabricated pipes or tubes with flanges and fittings
attached, for use in the conveyance of vapors, gases or liquids,
regardless of whether the diameter is measured on the inside or the
outside.
(b) Nominal diameter. The term nominal diameter or diameter as used
in this part, means the commercial diameter of the piping, i.e., pipe
size.
(c) Schedule. The word Schedule when used in this part refers to
specific values as given in American National Standards B36.10 and
B36.19.
(d) Fittings and appurtenances. The word fitting and the phrase
fittings and appurtenances within the meaning of the regulations in this
subchapter refer to pressure containing piping system components other
than valves and pipe. This includes piping system components whose
function is to join branches of the system (such as tees, wyes, elbows,
unions, bushings, etc.) which are referred to as pipe joining fittings,
as well as components which operate on the fluid contained in the system
(such as traps, drains, strainers, separators, filters, meters, etc.),
which are referred to as ``fluid conditioner'' fittings. Thermometer
wells and other similar fittings which form part of the pressure barrier
of any system are included under this heading. Expansion joints, slip
joints, rotary joints, quick disconnect couplings, etc., are referred to
as special purpose fittings, and may be subject to such special design
and testing requirements as prescribed by the Commandant. Refer to
subpart 56.15 for design requirements for fittings.
(e) Nonstandard fittings. ``Nonstandard fitting'' means a component
[[Page 179]]
of a piping system which is not fabricated under an adopted industry
standard.
(f) Vital system. A vital system is one which is essential to the
safety of the vessel, its passengers and crew.
(g) Plate flange. The term plate flange, as used in this subchapter,
means a flange made from plate material, and may have a raised face and/
or a raised hub.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.07-10 Design conditions and criteria (modifies 101-104.7).
(a) Maximum allowable working pressure (modifies 101.2). (1) The
maximum allowable working pressure of a piping system shall not be
greater than the internal design pressure defined in 104.1.2 of ANSI-
B31.1.
(2) Where the maximum allowable working pressure of a system
component, such as a valve or a fitting, is less than that computed for
the pipe or tubing, the system pressure shall be limited to the lowest
of the component maximum allowable working pressures.
(b) Relief valves (modifies 101.2). (1) Every system which may be
exposed to pressures higher than the system's maximum allowable working
pressure shall be safeguarded by appropriate relief devices. (See Sec.
52.01-3 of this subchapter for definitions.) Relief valves are required
at pump discharges except for centrifugal pumps so designed and applied
that a pressure in excess of the maximum allowable working pressure for
the system cannot be developed.
(2) The relief valve setting shall not exceed the maximum allowable
working pressure of the system. Its relieving capacity shall be
sufficient to prevent the pressure from rising more than 20 percent
above the system maximum allowable working pressure. The rated relieving
capacity of safety and relief valves used in the protection of piping
systems only shall be based on actual flow test data and the capacity
shall be certified by the manufacturer at 120 percent of the set
pressure of the valve.
(3) Relief valves shall be certified as required in part 50 of this
subchapter for valves, and shall also meet the requirements of Sec.
54.15-10 of this subchapter.
(c) Ship motion dynamic effects (replaces 101.5.3). Piping system
designs shall account for the effects of ship motion and flexure,
including weight, yaw, sway, roll, pitch, heave, and vibration.
(d) Pressure temperature ratings (modifies 102.2). The material in
102.2 of ANSI-B31.1 is applicable with the following exceptions:
(1) The details of components not having specific ratings as
described in 102.2.2 of ANSI B31.1 must be furnished to the Marine
Safety Center for approval.
(2) Boiler blowoff piping must be designed in accordance with Sec.
56.50-40 of this part.
(e) Pressure design (modifies 102.3, 104.1.2 and 104.4). (1)
Materials for use in piping must be selected as described in Sec.
56.60-1(a) of this part. Tabulated allowable stress values for these
materials shall be measured as indicated in 102.3.1 of ANSI-B31.1,
Tables 56.60-1 and 56.60-2(a).
(2) Allowable stress values, as found in the ASME Code, which are
restricted in application by footnote or are italicized shall not be
used. Where multiple stresses are listed for a material, the lowest
value of the listing shall be used unless otherwise approved by the
Commandant. In all cases the temperature is understood to be the actual
temperature of the component.
(3) Where the operator desires to use a material not listed,
permission must be obtained from the Commandant. Requirements for
testing found in Sec. 56.97-40(a)(2) and Sec. 56.97-40(a)(4) may
affect design and should be considered. Special design limitations may
be found for specific systems. Refer to subpart 56.50 for specific
requirements.
(f) Intersections (modifies 104.3). The material of ANSI-B31.1 in
104.3 is applicable with the following additions:
(1) Reinforcement calculations where applicable shall be submitted.
[[Page 180]]
(2) Wherever possible the longitudinal joint of a welded pipe should
not be pierced.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; 37 FR 16803, Aug. 19, 1972; CGD 73-254, 40 FR
40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012,
60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-028 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997;
USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]
Subpart 56.10_Components
Sec. 56.10-1 Selection and limitations of piping components (replaces
105 through 108).
(a) Pipe, tubing, pipe joining fittings, and piping system
components, shall meet material and standard requirements of subpart
56.60 and shall meet the certification requirements of part 50 of this
subchapter.
(b) The requirements in this subpart and subparts 56.15 through
56.25 shall be followed in lieu of those in 105 through 108 in ANSI-
B31.1; however, certain requirements are marked ``reproduced.''
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 56.10-5 Pipe.
(a) General. Pipe and tubing shall be selected as described in Table
56.60-1(a).
(b) Ferrous pipe. ASTM Specification A 53 (incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 56.01-2) furnace welded pipe shall not be used for
combustible or flammable liquids within machinery spaces. (See
Sec. Sec. 30.10-15 and 30.10-22 of this chapter.)
(c) Nonferrous pipe. (See also Sec. 56.60-20.) (1) Copper and brass
pipe for water and steam service may be used for design pressures up to
250 pounds per square inch and for design temperatures to 406 [deg]F.
(2) Copper and brass pipe for air may be used in accordance with the
allowable stresses found from Table 56.60-1(a).
(2-a) Copper-nickel alloys may be used for water and steam service
within the design stress and temperature limitations indicated in ANSI-
B31.1.
(3) Copper tubing may be used for dead-end instrument service up to
1,000 pounds per square inch.
(4) Copper, brass, or aluminum pipe or tube shall not be used for
flammable fluids except where specifically permitted by this part.
(5) Aluminum alloy pipe or tube may be used within the limitation
stated in 123.2.7 of ANSI-B31.1 and paragraph (4) of this section (c)5.
(d) Nonmetallic pipe. Plastic pipe may be used subject to the
conditions described in Sec. 56.60-25.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 77-
140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997;
USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Subpart 56.15_Fittings
Source: CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 56.15-1 Pipe joining fittings.
(a) Pipe joining fittings certified in accordance with subpart 50.25
of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Threaded, flanged, socket-welding, buttwelding, and socket-
brazing pipe joining fittings, made in accordance with the applicable
standards in Tables 56.60-1(a) and 56.60-1(b) of this part and of
materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used in
piping systems within the material, size, pressure, and temperature
limitations of those standards and within any further limitations
specified in this subchapter. Fittings must be designed for the maximum
pressure to which they may be subjected, but in no case less than 50
pounds per square inch gage.
(c) Pipe joining fittings not accepted for use in piping systems in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this section must meet the following:
(1) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance
with Sec. 56.60-1 of this part.
(2) Fittings must be designed so that the maximum allowable working
pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the burst pressure or produce a
primary stress greater than one-fourth of the
[[Page 181]]
ultimate tensile strength of the material for Class II systems and for
all Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving ship motion dynamic
analysis and nondestructive examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L
systems not receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive
examination under Sec. 56.07-10(c) of this part, the maximum allowable
working pressure must not exceed one-fifth of the burst pressure or
produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile
strength of the material. The maximum allowable working pressure may be
determined by--
(i) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII
of the ASME Code;
(ii) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or
experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of
the ASME Code; or
(iii) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.
(3) Fittings must be tested in accordance with Sec. 56.97-5 of this
part.
(4) If welded, fittings must be welded in accordance with subpart
56.70 of this part and part 57 of this chapter or by other processes
specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center. In addition, for
fittings to be accepted for use in piping systems in accordance with
this paragraph, the following requirements must be met:
(i) For fittings sized three inches and below--
(A) The longitudinal joints must be fabricated by either gas or arc
welding;
(B) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction
thereof must be flattened cold until the opposite walls meet without the
weld developing any cracks;
(C) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction
thereof must be hydrostatically tested to the pressure required for a
seamless drawn pipe of the same size and thickness produced from
equivalent strength material, as determined by the applicable pipe
material specification; and
(D) If a fitting fails to meet the test in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) or
(c)(4)(i)(C) of this section, no fitting in the lot from which the test
fitting was chosen is acceptable.
(ii) For fittings sized above three inches--
(A) The longitudinal joints must be fabricated by arc welding;
(B) For pressures exceeding 150 pounds per square inch, each fitting
must be radiographically examined as specified in Section VIII of the
ASME Code;
(C) For pressures not exceeding 150 pounds per square inch, the
first fitting from each size in each lot of 20 or fraction thereof must
be examined by radiography to ensure that the welds are of acceptable
quality;
(D) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction
thereof must be hydrostatically tested to the pressure required for a
seamless drawn pipe of the same size and thickness produced from
equivalent strength material, as determined by the applicable pipe
material specification; and
(E) If a fitting fails to meet the test in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C)
or (c)(4)(ii)(D) of this section, no fitting in the lot from which the
test fitting was chosen is acceptable.
(d) Single welded butt joints without the use of backing strips may
be employed in the fabrication of pipe joining fittings of welded
construction provided radiographic examination indicates that complete
penetration is obtained.
(e) Each pipe joining fitting must be marked in accordance with MSS
Standard SP-25.
Sec. 56.15-5 Fluid-conditioner fittings.
(a) Fluid conditioner fittings certified in accordance with subpart
50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Fluid conditioner fittings, not containing hazardous materials
as defined in Sec. 150.115 of this chapter, which are made in
accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of
this part and of materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part,
may be used within the material, size, pressure, and temperature
limitations of those standards and within any further limitations
specified in this subchapter.
(c) The following requirements apply to nonstandard fluid
conditioner fittings which do not contain hazardous
[[Page 182]]
materials as defined in Sec. 150.115 of this chapter:
(1) The following nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must meet
the applicable requirements in Sec. 54.01-5 (c)(3), (c)(4), and (d) of
this chapter or the remaining provisions in part 54 of this chapter,
except that Coast Guard shop inspection is not required:
(i) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings that have a net internal
volume greater than 0.04 cubic meters (1.5 cubic feet) and that are
rated for temperatures and pressures exceeding those specified as
minimums for Class I piping systems.
(ii) Nonstandard fluid-conditioner fittings that have an internal
diameter exceeding 15 centimeters (6 inches) and that are rated for
temperatures and pressures exceeding those specified as minimums for
Class I piping systems.
(2) All other nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must meet the
following:
(i) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance
with Sec. 56.60-1 of this part.
(ii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be designed so that
the maximum allowable working pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the
burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fourth of
the ultimate tensile strength of the material for Class II systems and
for all Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving ship motion dynamic
analysis and nondestructive examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L
systems not receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive
examination under Sec. 56.07-10(c) of this part, the maximum allowable
working pressure must not exceed one-fifth of the burst pressure or
produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile
strength of the material. The maximum allowable working pressure may be
determined by--
(A) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII
of the ASME Code;
(B) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or
experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of
the ASME Code; or
(C) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.
(iii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be tested in
accordance with Sec. 56.97-5 of this part.
(iv) If welded, nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be
welded in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this part and part 57 of this
chapter or by other processes specifically approved by the Marine Safety
Center.
(d) All fluid conditioner fittings that contain hazardous materials
as defined in Sec. 150.115 of this chapter must meet the applicable
requirements of part 54 of this chapter, except subpart 54.10.
(e) Heat exchangers having headers and tubes and brazed boiler steam
air heaters are not considered fluid conditioner fittings and must meet
the requirements in part 54 of this chapter regardless of size. For
brazed boiler steam air heaters, see also Sec. 56.30-30(b)(1) of this
part.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, as amended by CGD 83-043, 60 FR
24772, May 10, 1995]
Sec. 56.15-10 Special purpose fittings.
(a) Special purpose fittings certified in accordance with subpart
50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Special purpose fittings made in accordance with the applicable
standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials
complying with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used within the
material, size, pressure, and temperature limitations of those standards
and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter.
(c) Nonstandard special purpose fittings must meet the requirements
of Sec. Sec. 56.30-25, 56.30-40, 56.35-10, 56.35-15, or 56.35-35 of
this part, as applicable.
Subpart 56.20_Valves
Sec. 56.20-1 General.
(a) Valves certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this
subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Non-welded valves complying with the standards listed in Sec.
56.60-1 of this part may be used within the specified pressure and
temperature ratings
[[Page 183]]
of those standards, provided the limitations of Sec. 56.07-10(c) of
this part are applied. Materials must comply with subpart 56.60 of this
part. Welded valves complying with the standards and specifications
listed in Sec. 56.60-1 of this part may be used in Class II systems
only unless they meet paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) All other valves must meet the following:
(1) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance
with Sec. 56.60-1 of this part.
(2) Valves must be designed so that the maximum allowable working
pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the burst pressure or produce a
primary stress greater than one-fourth of the ultimate tensile strength
of the material for Class II systems and for all Class I, I-L, and II-L
systems receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive
examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L systems not receiving ship motion
dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination under Sec. 56.07- 10(c)
of this part, the maximum allowable working pressure must not exceed
one-fifth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than
one-fifth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material. The maximum
allowable working pressure may be determined by--
(i) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII
of the ASME Code, if the valve shape permits this;
(ii) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or
experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of
the ASME Code; or
(iii) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.
(3) Valves must be tested in accordance with Sec. 56.97-5 of this
part.
(4) If welded, valves must be welded in accordance with subpart
56.70 of this part and part 57 of this chapter or by other processes
specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.
(d) Where liquid trapped in any closed valve can be heated and an
uncontrollable rise in pressure can result, means must be provided in
the design, installation, and operation of the valve to ensure that the
pressure in the valve does not exceed that allowed by this part for the
attained temperature. (For example, if a flexible wedge gate valve with
the stem installed horizontally is closed, liquid from testing,
cleaning, or condensation can be trapped in the bonnet section of the
closed valve.) Any resulting penetration of the pressure wall of the
valve must meet the requirements of this part and those for threaded and
welded auxiliary connections in ANSI B16.34.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990]
Sec. 56.20-5 Marking (reproduces 107.2).
(a) Each valve shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark and
reference symbol to indicate the service conditions for which the
manufacturer guarantees the valve. The marking shall be in accordance
with MSS-SP-25.
Sec. 56.20-7 Ends.
(a) Valves may be used with flanged, threaded, butt welding, socket
welding or other ends in accordance with applicable standards as
specified in subpart 56.60.
Sec. 56.20-9 Valve construction.
(a) All valves must close with a right-hand (clockwise) motion of
the handwheel or operating lever when facing the end of the valve stem.
Gate, globe and angle valves must generally be of the rising-stem type,
preferably with the stem threads external to the valve body. Where
operating conditions will not permit such installations, the use of
nonrising-stem valves will be permitted. Nonrising-stem valves, lever
operated valves, and any other valve where, due to design, the position
of the disc or closure mechanism is not obvious shall be fitted with
indicators to show whether the valve is opened or closed. See Sec.
56.50-1(g)(2)(iii). Such indicators are not required for valves located
in tanks or similar inaccessible spaces where indication is provided at
the remote valve operator. Operating levers of the quarter-turn (rotary)
valves must be parallel to the fluid flow in the open position and
perpendicular to the fluid flow in the closed position.
(b) Valves of Class I piping systems (for restrictions in other
classes refer
[[Page 184]]
to sections on low temperature service), having diameters exceeding 2
inches must have bolted, pressure seal, or breech lock bonnets and
flanged or welding ends, except that socket type welding ends shall not
be used where prohibited by Sec. 56.30-5(c) of this part, Sec. 56.30-
10(b)(4) of this part for the same pressure class, or elsewhere in this
part. For diameters not exceeding 2 inches, screwed union bonnet or
bolted bonnet, or bonnetless valves of a type which will positively
prevent the stem from screwing out of the body may be employed. Outside
screw and yoke design must be used for valves 3 inches and larger for
pressures above 600 pounds per square inch gage. Cast iron valves with
screwed-in or screwed-over bonnets are prohibited. Union bonnet type
cast iron valves must have the bonnet ring made of steel, bronze, or
malleable iron.
(c) Valves must be designed for the maximum pressure to which they
may be subjected, but in no case shall the design pressure be less than
50 pounds per square inch gage. The use of wafer type resilient seated
valves is not permitted for shell connections unless they are so
arranged that the piping immediately inboard of the valve can be removed
without affecting the watertight integrity of the shell connection.
Refer also to Sec. 56.20-15(b)(2)(iii) of this part. Large fabricated
ballast manifold connecting lines exceeding 8 inches nominal pipe size
must be designed for a pressure of not less than 25 pounds per square
inch gage.
(d) Disks or disk faces, seats, stems and other wearing parts of
valves shall be made of material possessing corrosion and heat-resisting
qualities suitable for the service conditions to which they may be
subjected.
(e) Plug cocks shall be constructed with satisfactory and positive
means of preventing the plug from becoming loosened or removed from the
body when the plug is operated. Cocks having plug locking arrangements
depending on cotter pins are prohibited.
(f) Cocks shall be marked in a straight line with the body to
indicate whether they are open or closed.
(g) Materials forming a portion of the pressure barrier shall comply
with the applicable provisions of this part.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40604, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; USCG-2004-
18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004]
Sec. 56.20-15 Valves employing resilient material.
(a) A valve in which the closure is accomplished by resilient
nonmetallic material instead of a metal to metal seat shall comply with
the design, material, construction and testing for valves specified in
this part.
(b) Valves employing resilient material shall be divided into three
categories, Positive shutoff, Category A, and Category B, and shall be
tested and used as follows:
(1) Positive shutoff valves. The closed valve must pass less than 10
ml/hr (0.34 fluid oz/hr) of liquid or less than 3 l/hr (0.11 cubic ft/
hr) of gas per inch nominal pipe size through the line after removal of
all resilient material and testing at full rated pressure. Packing
material must be fire resistant. Piping subject to internal head
pressure from a tank containing oil must be fitted with positive shutoff
valves located at the tank in accordance with Sec. 56.50-60(d).
Otherwise positive shutoff valves may be used in any location in lieu of
a required Category A or Category B valve.
(2) Category A valves. The closed valve must pass less than the
greater of 5 percent of its fully open flow rate or 15 percent divided
by the square root of the nominal pipe size (NPS) of its fully open flow
rate through the line after complete removal of all resilient seating
material and testing at full rated pressure; as represented by the
formula: (15% / SQRT x (NPS)) (Fully open flow rate). Category A valves
may be used in any location except where positive shutoff valves are
required by Sec. 56.50-60(d). Category A valves are required in the
following locations:
(i) Valves at vital piping system manifolds;
(ii) Isolation valves in cross-connects between two piping systems,
at least one of which is a vital system, where
[[Page 185]]
failure of the valve in a fire would prevent the vital system(s) from
functioning as designed.
(iii) Valves providing closure for any opening in the shell of the
vessel.
(3) Category B valves. The closed valve will not provide effective
closure of the line or will permit appreciable leakage from the valve
after the resilient material is damaged or destroyed. Category B valves
are not required to be tested and may be used in any location except
where a Category A or positive shutoff valve is required.
(c) If a valve designer elects to use either calculations or actual
fire testing in lieu of material removal and pressure testing, the
proposed calculation method or test plan must be accepted by the
Commandant (G-MSE).
[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]
Sec. 56.20-20 Valve bypasses.
(a) Sizes of bypasses shall be in accordance with MSS-SP-45.
(b) Pipe for bypasses should be at least Schedule 80 seamless, and
of a material of the same nominal chemical composition and physical
properties as that used for the main line. Lesser thickness may be
approved depending on the installation and service conditions.
(c) Bypasses may be integral or attached.
Subpart 56.25_Pipe Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting
Sec. 56.25-5 Flanges.
Flanges must conform to the design requirements of the applicable
standards of Table 56.60-1(b) of this part or Appendix 2 of section VIII
of the ASME Code. Plate flanges must meet the requirements of Sec.
56.30-10(b)(5) of this part and the material requirements of Sec.
56.60-1(a) of this part. Flanges may be integral or may be attached to
pipe by threading, welding, brazing, or other means within the
applicable standards specified in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and the
requirements of this subpart. For flange facing gasket combinations
other than those specified above, calculations must be submitted
indicating that the gaskets will not result in a higher bolt loading or
flange moment than for the acceptable configurations.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989, as amended by USCG-2002-13058,
67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002]
Sec. 56.25-7 Blanks.
(a) Blanks shall conform to the design requirements of 104.5.3 of
ANSI-B31.1.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 56.25-10 Flange facings.
(a) Flange facings shall be in accordance with the applicable
standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) and MSS-SP-6.
(b) When bolting class 150 standard steel flanges to flat face cast
iron flanges, the steel flange must be furnished with a flat face, and
bolting must be in accordance with Sec. 56.25-20 of this part. Class
300 raised face steel flanges may be bolted to class 250 raised face
cast iron flanges with bolting in accordance with Sec. 56.25-20(b) of
this part.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40605, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.25-15 Gaskets (reproduces 108.4).
(a) Gaskets shall be made of materials which are not injuriously
affected by the fluid or by temperature.
(b) Only metallic and suitable asbestos-free nonmetallic gaskets may
be used on flat or raised face flanges if the expected normal operating
pressure exceeds 720 pounds per square inch or the operating temperature
exceeds 750 [deg]F.
(c) The use of metal and nonmetallic gaskets is not limited as to
pressure provided the gasket materials are suitable for the maximum
fluid temperatures.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-035, 54 FR
36316, Sept. 1, 1989]
Sec. 56.25-20 Bolting.
(a) General. (1) Bolts, studs, nuts, and washers must comply with
applicable standards and specifications listed in Sec. 56.60-1 of this
part. Unless otherwise specified, bolting must be in accordance with
ANSI B16.5.
[[Page 186]]
(2) Bolts and studs must extend completely through the nuts.
(3) See Sec. 58.30-15(c) of this chapter for exceptions on bolting
used in fluid power and control systems.
(b) Carbon steel bolts or bolt studs may be used if expected normal
operating pressure does not exceed 300 pounds per square inch gage and
the expected normal operating temperature does not exceed 400 [deg]F.
Carbon steel bolts must have heavy hexagon heads in accordance with ANSI
B18.2.1 and must have heavy semifinished hexagonal nuts in accordance
with ANSI B18.2.2, unless the bolts are tightly fitted to the holes and
flange stress calculations taking the bolt bending stresses into account
are submitted. When class 250 cast iron flanges are used or when class
125 cast iron flanges are used with ring gaskets, the bolting material
must be carbon steel conforming to ASTM Specification A 307
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 56.01-2), Grade B.
(c) Alloy steel stud bolts must be threaded full length or, if
desired, may have reduced shanks of a diameter not less than that at the
root of the threads. They must have heavy semifinished hexagonal nuts in
accordance with ANSI B18.2.2.
(d) All alloy bolts or bolt studs and accompanying nuts are
recommended to be threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1, Class 2A
external threads, and Class 2B internal threads (8-thread series 8UN for
1 inch and larger).
(e) (Reproduces 108.5.6.) Washers, when used under nuts, shall be of
forged or rolled steel.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec.18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40605, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Subpart 56.30_Selection and Limitations of Piping Joints
Sec. 56.30-1 Scope (replaces 110 through 118).
(a) The selection and limitation of piping joints shall be as
required by this subpart in lieu of requirements in 110 through 118 of
ANSI-B31.1; however certain requirements are marked ``reproduced'' in
this subpart.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970]
Sec. 56.30-3 Piping joints (reproduces 110).
The type of piping joint used shall be suitable for the design
conditions and shall be selected with consideration of joint tightness,
mechanical strength and the nature of the fluid handled.
Sec. 56.30-5 Welded joints.
(a) General. Welded joints may be used for materials for which
welding procedures, welders, and welding machine operators have been
qualified in accordance with part 57 of this subchapter.
(b) Butt welds--general. Butt welds may be made with or without
backing or insert rings within the limitations established in Sec.
56.70-15. When the use of backing rings will result in undesirable
conditions such as severe stress concentrations, corrosion or erosion,
then:
(1) The backing rings shall be removed and the inside of the joint
ground smooth, or
(2) The joint shall be welded without backing rings, or
(3) Consumable insert rings must be used. Commonly used types of
butt welding end preparations are shown in ANSI B16.25.
(4) Restrictions as to the use of backing rings appear for the low
temperature piping systems and should be checked when designing for
these systems.
(c) Socket welds (Modifies 127.3.3A.). (1) Socket welds must conform
to ANSI B16.11, applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this
part, and Figure 127.4.4C in ANSI B31.1 as modified by Sec. 56.30-
10(b)(4) of this part. A gap of approximately one-sixteenth inch between
the end of the pipe and the bottom of the socket must be provided before
welding. This may best be provided by bottoming the pipe and backing off
slightly before tacking.
(2) Socket welds must not be used where severe erosion or crevice
corrosion is expected to occur. Restrictions on the use of socket welds
appear in
[[Page 187]]
Sec. 56.70-15(d)(3) of this part for Class I service and in Sec.
56.50-105 of this part for low temperature service. These sections
should be checked when designing for these systems. See Sec. 56.70-
15(d)(4) of this part for Class II service.
(3) (Reproduces 111.3.4.) Drains and bypasses may be attached to a
valve of fitting by socket welding provided the socket depth, bore
diameter, and shoulder thickness conform to ANSI B16.11.
(d) Fillet welds. Fillet welds may vary from convex to concave. The
size of a fillet weld is determined as shown in Figure 127.4.4A of ANSI
B31.1. Fillet weld details for socket-welding components must meet Sec.
56.30-5(c) of this part. Fillet weld details for flanges must meet Sec.
56.30-10 of this part. See also Sec. 56.70-15(d)(3) and (d)(4) of this
part for applications of fillet welds.
(e) Seal welds. Seal welds may be used but shall not be considered
as contributing any strength to the joint.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-
012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 56.30-10 Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1(a)).
(a) Flanged or butt-welded joints are required for Classes I and I-L
piping for nominal diameters exceeding 2 inches, except as otherwise
specified in this subchapter.
(b) Flanges may be attached by any method shown in Figure 56.30-
10(b) or by any additional means that may be approved by the Marine
Safety Center. Pressure temperature ratings of the appropriate ANSI
standard must not be exceeded.
(1) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 1. Flanges with screw threads may be
used in accordance with Table 56.30-20(c) of this part.
(2) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 2. ANSI B16.5 class 150 and class 300
low-hubbed flanges with screw threads, plus the addition of a strength
fillet weld of the size as shown, may be used in Class I systems not
exceeding 750 [deg]F or 4 NPS, in Class II systems without diameter
limitations, and in Class II-L systems not exceeding 1 NPS. If 100
percent radiography is required by Sec. 56.95-10 of this part for the
class, diameter, wall thickness, and material of pipe being joined, the
use of the threaded flanges is not permitted and buttwelding flanges
must be provided. For Class II piping systems, the size of the strength
fillet may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T.
(3) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 3. ANSI B16.5 slip-on flanges may be
used in Class I, Class II, or Class II-L systems not to exceed the
service pressure-temperature ratings for the class 300 and lower class
flanges, within the temperature limitations of the material selected for
use, and not to exceed 4 NPS in Class I and Class II-L systems. If 100
percent radiography is required by Sec. 56.95-10 of this part for the
class, diameter, wall thickness, and material of the pipe being joined,
the use of slip-on flanges is not permitted and a butt welding flange
must be provided. The configuration in Figure 127.4.4B(b) of ANSI B31.1.
utilizing a face and backweld may be preferable in those applications
where it is desirable to eliminate void spaces. For Class II piping
systems, the size of the strength fillet may be limited to a maximum of
0.525 inch instead of 1.4T and the distance from the face of the flange
to the end of the pipe may be a maximum of three-eighths inch.
Restrictions on the use of slip-on flanges appear in Sec. 56.50-105 of
this part for low temperature piping systems.
(4) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 4. ANSI B16.5 socket welding flanges
may be used in Class I or II-L systems not exceeding 3 NPS for class 600
and lower class flanges and 2\1/2\ NPS for class 900 and class 1500
flanges within the service pressure-temperature ratings of the standard.
Whenever full radiography is required by Sec. 56.95-10 for the class,
diameter, and wall thickness of the pipe being joined, the use of socket
welding flanges in not permitted and a butt weld type connection must be
provided. For Class II piping, socket welding flanges may be used
without diameter limitation, and the size of the fillet weld may be
limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T. Restrictions on the
use of socket welds appear in Sec. 56.50-105 for low temperature piping
systems.
(5) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 5. Flanges fabricated from steel
plate meeting the requirements of part 54 of
[[Page 188]]
this chapter may be used for Class II piping for pressures not exceeding
150 pounds per square inch and temperatures not exceeding 450 [deg]F.
Plate material listed in UCS-6(b) Section VIII of the ASME Code may not
be used in this application, except that material meeting ASTM
Specification A 36 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 56.01-2) may be
used. The fabricated flanges must conform at least to the American
National Standard class 150 flange dimensions. The size of the strength
fillet weld may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inches instead of 1.4T
and the distance from the face of the flange to the end of the pipe may
be a maximum of three-eighths inch.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.024
Figure 56.30-10(b)--Methods of attachment
[[Page 189]]
Note: T is nominal pipe wall thickness used. Refer to text in Sec.
56.30-10(b) for modifications on Class II piping systems. Fillet weld
leg size need not exceed the thickness of the applicable ANSI hub.
(6) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 6. Steel plate flanges meeting the
material and construction requirements listed in subparagraph (5) of
this paragraph may be used for Class II piping for pressures not
exceeding 150 pounds per square inch or temperatures not exceeding 650
[deg]F. The flange shall be attached to the pipe as shown by Figure
56.30-10(b). Method 6. The pressure shall not exceed the American
National Standard Service pressure temperature rating. The size of the
strength fillet weld may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead
of 1.4T and the distance from the face of the flange to the end of the
pipe may be a maximum of three-eighths inch.
(7) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 7. Lap joint flanges (Van Stone) may
be used for Class I and Class II piping. The Van Stone equipment shall
be operated by competent personnel. The ends of the pipe shall be heated
from 1,650[deg] to 1,900 [deg]F. dependent on the size of the pipe prior
to the flanging operation. The foregoing temperatures shall be carefully
adhered to in order to prevent excess scaling of the pipe. The extra
thickness of metal built up in the end of the pipe during the forming
operation shall be machined to restore the pipe to its original
diameter. The machined surface shall be free from surface defects and
the back of the Van Stone lap shall be machined to a fine tool finish to
furnish a line contact with the mating surface on the flange for the
full circumference as close as possible to the fillet of the flange. The
number of heats to be used in forming a flange shall be determined by
the size of the pipe and not more than two pushups per heat are
permitted. The width of the lap flange shall be at least three times the
thickness of the pipe wall and the end of the pipe shall be properly
stress relieved after the flanging operation is completed. Manufacturers
desiring to produce this type of joint shall demonstrate to a marine
inspector that they have the proper equipment and personnel to produce
an acceptable joint.
(8) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 8. Welding neck flanges may be used
on any piping provided the flanges are butt-welded to the pipe. The
joint shall be welded as indicated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 8, and
a backing ring employed which will permit complete penetration of the
weld metal. If a backing ring is not used, refer to Sec. 56.30-5(b) for
requirements.
(9) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 9. Welding neck flanges may also be
attached to pipe by a double-welded butt joint as shown by Figure 56.30-
10(b), Method 9.
(10) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 10. Flanges may be attached by
shrinking the flange on to the end of the pipe and flaring the end of
the pipe to an angle of not less than 20[deg]. A fillet weld of the size
shown by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 10, shall be used to attach the hub
to the pipe. This type of flange is limited to a maximum pressure of 300
pounds per square inch at temperatures not exceeding 500 [deg]F.
(11) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 11. The flange of the type described
and illustrated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 10, except with the fillet
weld omitted, may be used for Class II piping for pressures not
exceeding 150 pounds per square inch and temperatures not exceeding 450
[deg]F.
(12) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 12. High-hub bronze flanges may be
used for temperatures not exceeding 425 [deg]F. The hub of the flange
shall be bored to a depth not less than that required for a threaded
connection of the same diameter leaving a shoulder for the pipe to butt
against. A preinserted ring of silver brazing alloy having a melting
point not less than 1,000 [deg]F. and of sufficient quantity to fill the
annular clearance between the flange and the pipe shall be inserted in
the groove. The pipe shall then be inserted in the flange and sufficient
heat applied externally to melt the brazing alloy until it completely
fills the clearance between the hub and the flange of the pipe. A
suitable flux shall be applied to the surfaces to be joined to produce a
satisfactory joint.
(13) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 13. The type of flange as described
for Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 12, may be employed and in lieu of an
annular groove being machined in the hub of the flange
[[Page 190]]
for the preinserted ring of silver brazing alloy, a bevel may be
machined on the end of the hub and the silver brazing alloy introduced
from the end of the hub to attach the pipe to the flange.
(14) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 14. Flanges may be attached to
nonferrous pipe by inserting the pipe in the flange and flanging the end
of the pipe into the recess machined in the face of the flange to
receive it. The width of the flange shall be not less than three times
the pipe wall thickness. In addition, the pipe shall be securely brazed
to the wall of the flange.
(15) Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 15. The flange of the type described
and illustrated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 14, except with the
brazing omitted, may be used for Class II piping and where the
temperature does not exceed 250 [deg]F.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG-
2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 56.30-15 Expanded or rolled joints.
(a) Expanded or rolled joints may be used where experience or test
has demonstrated that the joint is suitable for the design conditions
and where adequate provisions are made to prevent separation of the
joint. Specific application for use must be made to the Commandant.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 56.30-20 Threaded joints.
(a) Threaded joints may be used within the limitations specified in
subpart 56.15 of this chapter and within other limitations specified in
this section.
(b) (Reproduces 114.1.) All threads on piping components must be
taper pipe threads in accordance with the applicable standard listed in
Table 56.60-1(b). Threads other than taper pipe threads may be used for
piping components where tightness of the joint depends on a seal weld or
a seating surface other than the threads, and where experience or test
has demonstrated that such threads are suitable.
(c) Threaded joints may not be used where severe erosion, crevice
corrosion, shock, or vibration is expected to occur; or at temperatures
over 925 [deg]F. Size limitations are given in Table 56.30-20(c) of this
section.
Table 56.30-20(c)--Threaded Joints \1,2\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum nominal size, inches Maximum pressure, p.s.i.g.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Above 2........................ (Not permitted in Class I
piping service.)
Above 1 up to 2..... 600.
Above \3/4\ up to 1. 1,200.
\3/4\ and below................ 1,500.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Further restrictions on the use of threaded joints appear in the low
temperature piping section.
\2\ Threaded joints in hydraulic systems are permitted above the
pressures indicated for the nominal sizes shown when commercially
available components such as pumps, valves and strainers may only be
obtained with threaded connections.
(d) Pipe with a wall thickness less than that of standard weight of
ANSI B36.10 steel pipe must not be threaded regardless of service. For
additional threading limitations for pipe used in steam service over 250
pounds per square inch or water service over 100 pounds per square inch
and 200 [deg]F, see part 104.1.2(c)(1) of ANSI B31.1. Restrictions as to
the use of threaded joints appear for low temperature piping and should
be checked when designing for these systems.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-
140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.30-25 Flared, flareless, and compression fittings.
(a) This section applies to pipe fittings that are mechanically
connected to pipe by such means as ferrules, flared ends, swaging,
elastic strain preload, crimping, bite-type devices, and shape memory
alloys. Fittings to which this section applies must be designed,
constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM F 1387
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 56.01-2). Previously approved
fittings may be retained as long as they are maintained in good
condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection.
(b) Flared, flareless and compression fittings may be used within
the service limitations of size, pressure, temperature, and vibration
recommended by the manufacturer and as specified in this section.
(c) Flared, flareless, and compression type tubing fittings may be
used for
[[Page 191]]
tube sizes not exceeding 50 millimeters (2 inches) outside diameter
within the limitations of applicable standards and specifications listed
in this section and Sec. 56.60-1 of this part.
(d) Flareless fittings must be of a design in which the gripping
member or sleeve must grip or bite into the outer surface of the tube
with sufficient strength to hold the tube against pressure, but without
appreciably distorting the inside tube diameter or reducing the wall
thickness. The gripping member must also form a pressure seal against
the fitting body.
(e) For fluid services, other than hydraulic systems, using a
combustible fluid as defined in Sec. 30.10-15 of this chapter and for
fluid services using a flammable fluid as defined in Sec. 30.10-22 of
this chapter, flared fittings must be used; except that flareless
fittings of the nonbite type may be used when the tubing system is of
steel, nickel copper or copper nickel alloy. When using copper or copper
zinc alloy, flared fittings are required. (See also Sec. 56.50-70 for
gasoline fuel systems, Sec. 56.50-75 for diesel fuel systems, and Sec.
58.25-20 for hydraulic systems for steering gear.)
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; 61 FR 35138, July 5, 1996, as
amended by USCG-1999-5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG-2000-7790, 65
FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]
Sec. 56.30-27 Caulked joints.
Caulked joints may not be used in marine installations.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.30-30 Brazed joints.
(a) General (refer also to subpart 56.75). Brazed socket-type joints
shall be made with suitable brazing alloys. The minimum socket depth
shall be sufficient for the intended service. Brazing alloy shall either
be end-fed into the socket or shall be provided in the form of a
preinserted ring in a groove in the socket. The brazing alloy shall be
sufficient to fill completely the annular clearance between the socket
and the pipe or tube.
(b) Limitations. (1) Brazed socket-type joints shall not be used on
systems containing flammable or combustible fluids in areas where fire
hazards are involved or where the service temperature exceeds 425
[deg]F. When specifically approved by the Commandant, brazed
construction may be used for service temperatures up to 525 [deg]F. in
boiler steam air heaters provided the requirements of UB-12 of section
VIII of the ASME Code are satisfied at the highest temperature desired.
(2) Brazed joints depending solely upon a fillet, rather than
primarily upon brazing material between the pipe and socket are not
acceptable.
Sec. 56.30-35 Gasketed mechanical couplings.
(a) This section applied to pipe fittings that form a seal by
compressing a resilient gasket onto the pipe joint primarily by threaded
fasteners and where joint creep is only restricted by such means as
machined grooves, centering pins, or welded clips. Fittings to which
this section applies must be designed, constructed, tested, and marked
in accordance with ASTM F 1476 (incorporated by reference, see Sec.
56.01-2) and ASTM F 1548 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 56.01-2).
Previously approved fittings may be retained as long as they are
maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in
Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Gasketed mechanical couplings may be used within the service
limitations of pressure, temperature and vibration recommended by the
manufacturer, except that gasketed mechanical couplings must not be used
in--
(1) Any location where leakage, undetected flooding or impingement
of liquid on vital equipment may disable the vessel; or
(2) In tanks where the liquid conveyed in the piping system is not
chemically compatible with the liquid in the tank.
(c) Gasketed mechanical couplings must not be used as expansion
joints. Positive restraints must be included, where necessary, to
prevent the coupling from creeping on the pipe and uncovering the joint.
Bite-type devices do not provide positive protection against creep and
are generally not accepted for this purpose. Machined grooves, centering
pins, and welded clips are
[[Page 192]]
considered positive means of protection against creep.
[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as amended by USCG-1999-5151, 64
FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999]
Sec. 56.30-40 Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type.
(a) Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type must
not be used as expansion joints. To ensure that the maximum axial
displacement (approximately \3/8\ maximum) of each coupling
is not exceeded, positive restraints must be included in each
installation.
(b) Positive means must also be provided to prevent the coupling
from ``creeping'' on the pipe and uncovering the joint. Bite type
devices do not provide positive protection against creeping and are not
generally accepted for this purpose unless other means are also
incorporated. Machined grooves or centering pins are considered positive
means, and other positive means will be considered.
(c) Couplings which employ a solid sleeve with welded attachments on
both pipes will require the removal of one set of attachments before
dismantling. Rewelding of the attachments may require gas freeing of the
line.
(d) The installation shall be such as to preclude appreciable
difference in the vibration magnitudes of the pipes joined by the
couplings. The couplings shall not be used as a vibration damper. The
vibration magnitude and frequency should not exceed that recommended by
the coupling manufacturer.
(e) Flexible couplings made in accordance with the applicable
standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials
complying with subpart 56.60 of this part may be used within the
material, size, pressure, and temperature limitations of those standards
and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter.
Flexible couplings fabricated by welding must also comply with part 57
of this chapter.
(f) Flexible couplings must not be used in cargo holds or in any
other space where leakage, undetected flooding, or impingement of liquid
on vital equipment may disable the ship, or in tanks where the liquid
conveyed in the piping system is not compatible with the liquid in the
tank. Where flexible couplings are not allowed by this subpart, joints
may be threaded, flanged and bolted, or welded.
(g) Damaged or deteriorated gaskets shall not be reinstalled.
(h) Each coupling shall be tested in accordance with Sec. 56.97-5.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40606, Oct. 2, 1989]
Subpart 56.35_Expansion, Flexibility and Supports
Sec. 56.35-1 Pipe stress calculations (replaces 119.7).
(a) A summary of the results of pipe stress calculations for the
main and auxiliary steam piping where the design temperatures exceed 800
[deg]F shall be submitted for approval. Calculations shall be made in
accordance with one of the recognized methods of stress analysis
acceptable to the Marine Safety Center to determine the magnitude and
direction of the forces and movements at all terminal connections,
anchor and junction points, as well as the resultant bending stress,
longitudinal pressure stress, torsional stress, and combined expansion
stress at all such points. The location of the maximum combined stress
shall be indicated in each run of pipe between anchor points.
(b) Special consideration will be given to the use of the full
tabulated value of S in computing Sh and Sc where
all material used in the system is subjected to additional
nondestructive testing as specified by the Marine Safety Center, and
where the calculations prescribed in 119.6.4 and 102.3.2 of ANSI-B31.1
and Sec. 56.07-10 are performed. The nondestructive testing procedures
and method of stress analysis shall be approved by the Marine Safety
Center prior to the submission of computations and drawings for
approval.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.35-10 Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).
(a) Nonmetallic expansion joints certified in accordance with
subpart 50.25
[[Page 193]]
of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Nonmetallic expansion joints must conform to the standards
listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part. Nonmetallic expansion joints
may be used within their specified pressure and temperature rating in
vital and nonvital machinery sea connections inboard of the skin valve.
These joints must not be used to correct for improper piping workmanship
or misalignment. Joint movements must not exceed the limits set by the
joint manufacturer.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.35-15 Metallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).
(a) Metallic expansion joints certified in accordance with subpart
50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.
(b) Metallic expansion joints must conform to the standards listed
in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and may be used within their specified
pressure and temperature rating.
[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
Subpart 56.50_Design Requirements Pertaining to Specific Systems
Sec. 56.50-1 General (replaces 122.6 through 122.10).
The piping requirements in this subpart shall apply in lieu of
requirements in 122.6 through 122.10 of ANSI-B31.1. Installation
requirements applicable to all systems:
(a) Where pipes and scuppers are carried through watertight or
oiltight bulkheads, decks or tank tops, or are carried through fire
control bulkheads and decks, the integrity of the structure shall be
maintained. Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in
piping systems which make such bulkhead or deck penetrations where the
deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the
integrity of the bulkheads or decks. (For plastic pipe installations,
see Sec. 56.60-25(a).) Where plate insert pads are used, bolted
connections shall have threads tapped into the plate to a depth of not
less than the diameter of the bolt. If welded, the pipe or flange shall
be welded to both sides of the plating. Openings in structure through
which pipes pass shall be reinforced where necessary. Flanges shall not
be bolted to bulkheads so that the plate forms a part of the joint.
Metallic materials having a melting point of 1,700 [deg]F. or less are
considered heat sensitive and if used must be suitably insulated.
(b)(1) Pipes piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with
screwdown valves operable from above the bulkhead deck and the valve
shall be fitted inside the forepeak tank adjacent to the collision
bulkhead. The pipe penetrating the collision bulkhead shall be welded to
the bulkhead on both sides. On new installations or replacement in
vessels of 150 gross tons and over, the valve body shall be of steel or
ductile cast iron.
(2) Passenger vessels shall not have the collision bulkhead pierced
below the margin line by more than one pipe conveying liquids in the
forepeak tank except that if the forepeak tank is divided to hold two
different kinds of liquids, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below
the margin line by two pipes, provided there is no practical alternative
to the fitting of the second pipe and further provided the safety of the
vessel is maintained.
(c) Valves and cocks not forming part of a piping system are not
permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads, however, sluice valves or
gates in oiltight bulkheads of tankships may be used if approved by the
Marine Safety Center.
(d) Piping shall not be run over or in the vicinity of switchboards
or other electrical equipment if avoidable. When such leads are
necessary, welded joints only shall be used and provision shall be made
to prevent leakage from damaging the equipment.
(e) Stuffing boxes shall not be used on deep tank bulkheads, double
bottoms or in any position where they cannot be easily examined. This
requirement does not apply to ore carriers operating on the Great Lakes
or cargo lines of oil tankers.
(f) Piping systems shall be installed so that under no condition
will the operation of safety or relief valves be impaired.
[[Page 194]]
(g)(1) Power actuated valves in systems other than as specified in
Sec. 56.50-60 of this part may be used if approved for the system by
the Marine Safety Center. All power actuated valves required in an
emergency to operate the vessel's machinery, to maintain its stability,
and to operate the bilge and firemain systems must have a manual means
of operation.
(2)(i) Remote valve controls that are not readily identifiable as to
service must be fitted with nameplates.
(ii) Remote valve controls must be accessible under service
conditions.
(iii) Remote valve controls, except reach rods, must be fitted with
indicators that show whether the valves they control are open or closed.
Valve position indicating systems must be independent of valve control
systems.
(iv) Valve reach rods must be adequately protected.
(v) Solid reach rods must be used in tanks containing liquids,
except that tank barges having plug cocks inside cargo tanks may have
reach rods of extra-heavy pipe with the annular space between the
lubricant tube and the pipe wall sealed with a nonsoluble to prevent
penetration of the cargo.
(3) Air operated remote control valves must be provided with self-
indicating lines at the control boards which indicate the desired valve
positions, i.e., open or closed.
(h) Suitable drains shall be provided at low points of piping
systems.
(i) Valves and cocks shall be located so as to be easily accessible
and valves or cocks attached to the shell of the vessel or to sea chests
located below the floorplating shall be operable from above the
floorplates.
(j) When welded fabrication is employed, a sufficient number of
detachable joints shall be provided to facilitate overhauling and
maintenance of machinery and appurtenances. The joints shall be located
so that adequate space is provided for welding, and the location of the
welds shall be indicated on the plans.
(k) Piping, including valves, pipe fittings and flanges, conveying
vapors, gases or liquids whose temperature exceeds 150 [deg]F., shall be
suitably insulated where necessary to preclude injury to personnel.
(l) Where pipes are run through dry cargo spaces they must be
protected from mechanical injury by a suitable enclosure or other means.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.50-10 Special gaging requirements.
(a) Where pressure reducing valves are employed (see 102.2.5(b) of
ANSI-B31.1) a pressure gage shall be provided on the low pressure side
of the reducing station.
(b) Fuel oil service, fire, cargo and fuel oil transfer and boiler
feed pumps must be provided with a pressure gage on the discharge side
of the pump. Additional information pertaining to fire pumps is in Sec.
34.10-5 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels), Sec. 76.10-5 of subchapter H
(Passenger Vessels), Sec. 95.10-5 of subchapter I (Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels), and Sec. 108.417 of subchapter IA (Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units) of this chapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978]
Sec. 56.50-15 Steam and exhaust piping.
(a) The design pressures of the steam piping connected to the boiler
drum or to the superheater inlet header shall not be less than the
lowest pressure setting of any drum safety valve. The value of allowable
stress for the material shall not exceed that corresponding to the
saturated steam temperature at drum pressure and shall be selected as
described in Sec. 56.07-10(e).
(b) Main superheater outlet piping systems, desuperheated piping
systems, and other auxiliary superheated piping systems led directly
from the boiler superheater shall be designed for a pressure not less
than the pressure at which the superheater safety valve is set. In the
case of a superheated safety valve which is drum pilot actuated, the
design pressure of such piping systems shall not be less than the
pressure setting of the actuator valve on the drum. Where it can be
shown that the limitations set forth in 102.2.4 of ANSI-B31.1 will not
be exceeded, the design pressure of such piping systems may be reduced
but shall not be less than the
[[Page 195]]
pressure setting of the actuator valve on the drum less the pressure
drop through the superheater, including associated piping and a control
desuperheater if fitted, at the normal rated operating condition. In
both cases, the value of allowable stress shall be selected using a
temperature not less than that of the steam at the superheater outlet at
the normal rated operating conditions in accordance with Sec. 56.07-
10(e). Valves and fittings shall be selected for the above temperature
and pressure from the accepted standards in Table 56.60-1(b), using the
pressure-temperature rating in the standard.
(c) Steam stop valves in sizes exceeding 6 inches shall be fitted
with bypasses for heating the line and equalizing the pressure before
the valve is opened.
(d) In multiple boiler installations each boiler's main, auxiliary
and desuperheated steam lines shall be fitted with two valves, one a
stop valve and one a stop check valve.
(e) Main and auxiliary steam stop valves must be readily accessible,
operable by one person and arranged to seat against boiler pressure.
(f) Where vessels are equipped with more than one boiler, the
auxiliary steam piping shall be so arranged that steam for the whistle,
steering gear, and electric-lighting plant may be supplied from any
power boiler.
(g) Steam and exhaust pipes shall not be led through coal bunkers or
dry cargo spaces unless approved by the Commandant.
(h)(1) Steam piping, with the exception of the steam heating system,
must not be led through passageways, accommodation spaces, or public
spaces unless the arrangement is specifically approved by the Marine
Safety Center.
(2) Steam pressure in steam heating systems must not exceed 150
pounds per square inch gage, except that steam pressure for
accommodation and public space heating must not exceed 45 pounds per
square inch gage.
(3) Steam lines and registers in non-accommodation and non-public
spaces must be suitably located and/or shielded to minimize hazards to
any personnel within the space. Where hazards in a space cannot be
sufficiently minimized, the pressure in the steam line to that space
must be reduced to a maximum of 45 pounds per square inch gage.
(4) High temperature hot water for heating systems may not exceed
375 [deg]F.
(i) Where positive shutoff valves are fitted in the exhaust lines of
machinery, and the exhaust side, including engine steam cylinders and
chests, turbine casings, exhaust piping and shutoff valves, is not
designed for the full inlet pressure, the exhaust side must be protected
from over pressure by one of the following means:
(1) A full flow relief valve in the exhaust side so set and of
sufficient capacity to prevent the exhaust side from being accidentally
or otherwise subjected to a pressure in excess of its maximum allowable
pressure.
(2) A sentinel relief valve or other warning device fitted on the
exhaust side together with a back pressure trip device which will close
the inlet valve prior to the exhaust side pressure exceeding the maximum
allowable pressure. A device that will throttle the inlet valve, so that
the exhaust side does not exceed the maximum allowable pressure, may be
substituted for the back pressure trip.
(j) Shore steam connections shall be fitted with a relief valve set
at a pressure not exceeding the design pressure of the piping.
(k) Means must be provided for draining every steam pipe in which
dangerous water hammer might otherwise occur.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-
254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989;
CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]
Sec. 56.50-20 Pressure relief piping.
(a) General. There must be no intervening stop valves between the
vessel or piping system being protected and its protective device or
devices, except as specifically provided for in other regulations or as
specifically authorized by the Marine Safety Center.
(b) Discharge lines (reproduces 122.6.2(d)). Discharge lines from
pressure-relieving safety devices shall be designed to facilitate
drainage.
[[Page 196]]
(c) Stop valves. Stop valves between the safety or relief valve and
the point of discharge are not permitted, except as specifically
provided for in other regulations or as specifically approved by the
Marine Safety Center.
(d) Reference. See also Sec. 56.07-10(a) and (b) for specific
requirements.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]
Sec. 56.50-25 Safety and relief valve escape piping.
(a) Escape piping from unfired steam generator, boiler, and
superheater safety valves shall have an area of not less than that of
the combined areas of the outlets of all valves discharging thereto and
shall be led as near vertically as practicable to the atmosphere.
(b) Expansion joints or flexible pipe connections shall be fitted in
escape piping. The piping shall be adequately supported and installed so
that no stress is transmitted to the safety valve body.
(c) Safety or relief valve discharges, when permitted to terminate
in the machinery space, shall be led below the floorplates or to a
remote position to minimize the hazardous effect of the escaping steam.
(d) The effect of the escape piping on the operation of the relief
device shall be considered. The back pressure in the escape piping from
the main propulsion steam generator should not exceed 10 percent of the
relief device setting unless a compensated relief device is used. Back
pressure must be calculated with all relief valves which discharge to a
common escape pipe relieving simultaneously at full capacity.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR
40608, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]
Sec. 56.50-30 Boiler feed piping.
(a) General requirements. (1) Steam vessels, and motor vessels
fitted with steam driven electrical generators shall have at least two
separate means of supplying feed water for the boilers. All feed pumps
shall be fitted with the necessary connections for this purpose. The
arrangement of feed pumps shall be in accordance with paragraph (d) or
(e) of this section.
(2) Feed pump supply to power boilers may utilize the group feed
system or the unit feed system.
(3) Feed discharge piping from the pump up to, but not including the
required stop and stop-check valves, shall be designed for either the
feed pump relief valve setting or the shutoff head of the pump if a
relief valve is not fitted. (Refer to Sec. 56.07-10(b) for specific
requirements.) Feed piping from the boiler, to and including the
required stop and stop-check valves (see paragraph (b) of this section),
shall have a design pressure which exceeds the maximum allowable working
pressure of the boiler by either 25 percent or 225 pounds per square
inch whichever is less. The value of allowable stress for design
purposes shall be selected as described in Sec. 56.07-10(e) at a
temperature not below that for saturated steam at the maximum allowable
working pressure of the boiler.
(4) Feed pumps for water tube boilers shall have fresh water
connections only. Care shall be taken to prevent the accidental
contamination of feed water from salt water or oil systems.
(b) Feed valves. (1) Stop and stop-check valves shall be fitted in
the main feed line and shall be attached as close as possible to drum
feed inlet nozzles or to the economizer feed inlet nozzles on boilers
fitted with integral economizers.
(2) Where the installation will not permit the feed stop valve to be
attached directly to the drum inlet nozzle on boilers not fitted with
economizers, a distance piece may be installed between the stop valve
and the inlet nozzle.
(3) Feed stop or stop-check valves may be located near the operating
platform on boilers fitted with economizers provided the piping between
the valves and the economizer, exclusive of the feed valves and the
economizer inlet nozzles, is installed with a minimum of intervening
flanged connections.
(4) Auxiliary feed lines shall be fitted with stop valves and stop-
check valves. Boilers not having auxiliary feed water nozzles, or where
independent auxiliary feed lines are not installed, shall have the
auxiliary feed line to the drum or economizer connected to the main feed
line as close as possible to the main
[[Page 197]]
feed stop valves; and the valves in the auxiliary feed line shall be
fitted as close as possible to the junction point.
(5) Boilers fitted with economizers shall have a check valve fitted
in the economizer discharge and located as close as possible to the drum
fed inlet nozzle. When economizer bypasses are fitted, a stop-check
valve shall be installed in lieu of the aforementioned check valve.
(6) A sentinel valve is not required for vessels constructed after
September 30, 1997, and for other vessels to which it has been shown to
the satisfaction of the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
or the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, that a sentinel valve is not
necessary for the safe operation of the particular boiler.
(c) Feed water regulators, heaters, and grease extractors. (1) Where
feed water regulators, tubular feed water heaters, and grease extractors
are installed, an alternate means of operation with these devices
bypassed shall be provided.
(2) Feed water regulators designed with a built-in bypass for
emergency use need not be fitted with an external bypass when installed
in a feed system provided with an auxiliary feed line. All feed water
regulators installed in a unit feed system shall be fitted with an
external bypass. Feed water regulators bypasses shall be so arranged
that the regular feed valves are in operation while the bypass is in
use.
(3) A feed water regulator may be interposed between the stop and
stop-check valves in the feed lines.
(d) Group feed system. Group feed systems shall be provided with
pumps and piping as follows:
(1) Oceangoing and Great Lakes steam vessels, having a feed pump
attached to the main propelling unit, shall be provided with at least
one independently driven feed pump. Each of these pumps shall be used
exclusively for feed purposes and shall be capable of supplying the
operating boilers at their normal capacity. In addition, a second
independently driven pump, capable of supplying such boilers at 75
percent of their normal capacity, shall be provided for emergency use.
This second pump may be used for other purposes.
(2) If two independently driven pumps are provided, each capable of
supplying the boilers at their normal required operating capacity, and
neither of which is used for other purposes, the third or emergency feed
pump is not required. Where more than two independently driven feed
pumps are provided, their aggregate capacity shall not be less than 200
percent of that demanded by the boilers at their required normal
operating capacity.
(3) River or harbor steam vessels shall have at least two means for
feeding the boilers; one of which shall be an independently driven pump,
the other may be an attached pump, an additional independently driven
pump, or an injector.
(e) Unit feed system. Unit feed systems shall be provided with pumps
and piping as follows:
(1) The unit feed system may be used on vessels having two or more
boilers. When the unit feed system is employed each boiler shall have
its own independently driven main feed pump capable of supplying the
boiler at its normal operating capacity. In addition these shall be an
auxiliary independently driven feed pump of the same capacity which can
be operated in place of and in conjunction with the main feed pump. In
vessels with three or more boilers, not more than two boilers may be
served by any one auxiliary pump. The auxiliary pump may be so
interconnected that any pump can feed any boiler.
(2) In the unit feed system, a separate feed line shall be provided
for each boiler from its pumps. A separate auxiliary feed line is not
required. The discharge from each pump and the feed supply to each
boiler shall be automatically controlled by the level of the water in
that boiler. In addition to the automatic control, manual control shall
be provided.
(f) Feedwater. The feedwater shall be introduced into a boiler as
required by Sec. 52.01-105(b) of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR
51201, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-2002-13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002]
[[Page 198]]
Sec. 56.50-35 Condensate pumps.
Two means shall be provided for discharging the condensate from the
main condenser, one of which shall be mechanically independent of the
main propelling machinery. If one of the independent feed pumps is
fitted with a direct suction from the condenser and a discharge to the
feed tank, it may be accepted as an independent condensate pump. On
vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or
rivers, where provision is made to operate noncondensing, only one
condensate unit will be required.
Sec. 56.50-40 Blowoff piping (replaces 102.2.5(d)).
(a)(1) The requirements for blowoff piping in this section shall be
followed in lieu of the requirements in 102.2.5(d) in ANSI-B31.1.
(2) Where blowoff valves are connected to a common discharge from
two or more boilers, a nonreturn valve shall be provided in the line
from each boiler to prevent accidental blowback in the event the boiler
blowoff valve is left open.
(b) Blowoff piping external to the boiler shall be designed for not
less than 125 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure of the
boiler, or the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler plus 225
pounds per square inch, whichever is less. When the required blowoff
piping design pressure exceeds 100 pounds per square inch gage, the wall
thickness of the piping shall not be less than Schedule 80. The value of
allowable stress for design purposes shall be selected as described in
Sec. 56.07-10(e) at a temperature not below that of saturated steam at
the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.
(c) Boiler blowoff piping which discharges above the lightest
loadline of a vessel shall be arranged so that the discharge is
deflected downward.
(d) Valves such as the globe type so designed as to form pockets in
which sediment may collect shall not be used for blowoff service.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975]
Sec. 56.50-45 Circulating pumps.
(a) A main circulating pump and emergency means for circulating
water through the main condenser shall be provided. The emergency means
may consist of a connection from an independent power pump fitted
between the main circulating pump and the condenser.
(b) Independent sea suctions shall be provided for the main
circulating and the emergency circulating pumps.
(c) A cross connection between the circulating pumps in the case of
multiple units will be acceptable in lieu of an independent power pump
connection.
(d) On vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays,
sounds, or rivers, where provision is made to operate noncondensing,
only one circulating unit will be required.
Sec. 56.50-50 Bilge and ballast piping.
(a)(1) All vessels except unmanned barges shall be provided with a
satisfactory bilge pumping plant capable of pumping from and draining
any watertight compartment except for ballast, oil and water tanks which
have acceptable means for filling and emptying independent of the bilge
system. The bilge pumping system shall be capable of operation under all
practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or
listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary
except in narrow compartments at the ends of the vessel where one
suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional
suctions may be required.
(2) Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartments
will drain to the suction pipes. Efficient means shall be provided for
draining water from all tank tops, other watertight flats and insulated
holds. Peak tanks, chain lockers and decks over peak tanks may be
drained by eductors, ejectors, or hand pumps. Where piping is led
through the forepeak, see Sec. 56.50-1(b).
(3) Where drainage from particular compartments is considered
undesirable, the provisions for such drainage may be omitted, provided
it can be shown by calculations that the safety of the vessel will not
be impaired.
[[Page 199]]
(4) Where the vessel is to carry Class 3 flammable liquids with a
flashpoint below 23 [deg]C (74 [deg]F), Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous
liquids, or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a flashpoint below 23 [deg]C
(74 [deg]F) as defined in 49 CFR part 173, in enclosed cargo spaces, the
bilge-pumping system must be designed to ensure against inadvertent
pumping of such liquids through machinery-space piping or pumps.
(5) For each vessel constructed on or after June 9, 1995, and on an
international voyage, arrangements must be made to drain the enclosed
cargo spaces on either the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or the
freeboard deck of a cargo vessel.
(i) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or
the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is immersed when the vessel heels
5[deg] or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces must discharge
to a space, or spaces, of adequate capacity, each of which has a high-
water-level alarm and a means to discharge overboard. The number, size
and arrangement of the drains must prevent unreasonable accumulation of
water. The pumping arrangements must take into account the requirements
for any fixed manual or automatic sprinkling system. In enclosed cargo
spaces fitted with carbon-dioxide extinguishing systems, the drains must
have traps or other means to prevent escape of the smothering gas. The
enclosed cargo spaces must not drain to machinery spaces or other spaces
where sources of ignition may be present if water may be contaminated
with Class 3 flammable liquids; Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous
liquids; or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a flashpoint below 23 [deg]C
(74 [deg]F).
(ii) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or
the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is immersed only when the vessel
heels more than 5[deg], the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces may be
by means of a sufficient number of scuppers discharging overboard. The
installation of scuppers must comply with Sec. 42.15-60 of this
chapter.
(b) Passenger vessels shall have provision made to prevent the
compartment served by any bilge suction piping from being flooded in the
event the pipe is severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding
in any other compartment. Where the piping is located within one-fifth
of the beam of the side of the vessel (measured at right angles to the
centerline at the level of the deepest subdivision loadline or deepest
loadline where a subdivision loadline is not assigned) or is in a
ductkeel, a nonreturn valve shall be fitted to the end of the pipe in
the compartment which it serves.
(c)(1) Each bilge suction must lead from a manifold except as
otherwise approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center. As
far as practicable, each manifold must be in, or be capable of remote
operation from, the same space as the bilge pump that normally takes
suction on that manifold. In either case, the manifold must be capable
of being locally controlled from above the floorplates and must be
easily accessible at all times. As far as practicable, each overboard-
discharge valve for a bilge system must comply with the requirements
governing location and accessibility for suction manifolds. Except as
otherwise permitted by paragraph (c)(4) of this section for a vessel
employing a common-rail bilge system, each bilge-manifold valve
controlling a bilge suction from any compartment must be of the stop-
check type.
(2) Each passenger vessel on an international voyage must comply
with the provisions of SOLAS II-1/21.
(3) A common-rail bilge system may be installed as an acceptable
alternative to the system required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section,
provided it satisfies all of the following criteria:
(i) The common-rail main runs inboard at least one-fifth of the beam
of the vessel.
(ii) A stop-check valve or both a stop valve and a check valve are
provided in each branch line and located inboard at least one-fifth of
the beam of the vessel.
(iii) The stop valve or the stop-check valve is power-driven, is
capable of remote operation from the space where the pump is, and,
regardless of the status of the power system, is capable of manual
operation to both open and close the valve.
[[Page 200]]
(iv) The stop valve or the stop-check valve is accessible for both
manual operation and repair under all operating conditions, and the
space used for access contains no expansion joint or flexible coupling
that, upon failure, would cause flooding and prevent access to the
valve.
(v) A port and a starboard suction serve each space protected
unless, under the worst conditions of list and trim and with liquid
remaining after pumping, the vessel's stability remains acceptable, in
accordance with subchapter S of this chapter.
(vi) For each vessel designed for the carriage of combinations of
both liquid and dry bulk cargoes (O/B/O), no bilge pump or piping is
located in a machinery space other than in a pump room for cargo, and no
liquid and other cargoes are carried simultaneously.
(vii) For each cargo vessel in Great Lakes service, each common-rail
piping for the bilge and ballast system serving cargo spaces, if
installed and if connected to a dedicated common-rail bilge system, must
lead separately from a valved manifold located at the pump.
(d) The internal diameter of bilge suction pipes including strainers
shall be determined by formulas (1) and (2), except that the nearest
commercial size not more than one-fourth inch under the required
diameter may be used. Bilge suction pipes shall be suitably faired to
pump inlets.
(1) For suctions to each main bilge pump:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.025
(2) For branch suctions to cargo and machinery spaces:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE91.026
where:
L=Length of vessel on loadwater line, in feet.
B=Breadth of vessel, in feet. (5)
D=Molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead deck. (6)
c=Length of compartment, in feet.
d=Required internal diameter of suction pipe, in inches.
Note 1--For tank vessels, ``L'' may be reduced by the combined
length of the cargo oil tanks.
Note 2--For bulk carriers with full depth wing tanks served by a
ballast system where the beam of the vessel is not representative of the
breadth of the compartment, ``B'' may be appropriately modified to the
breadth of the compartment.
Note 3--In the calculation for a vessel with more than one hull,
such as a catamaran, the breadth of the unit is the breadth of one hull.
Note 4--In the calculation for a mobile offshore drilling unit,
``L'' is reducible by the combined length of spaces that can be pumped
by another piping system meeting Sec. Sec. 56.50-50 and 56.50-55, where
``L'' is the length of the unit at the waterline.
Note 5--For mobile offshore drilling units employing unusual hull
forms, ``B'' may be modified to the average breadth rather than the
maximum breadth.
Note 6--For each passenger vessel constructed on or after June 9,
1995, and being on an international voyage, D must be measured to the
next deck above the bulkhead deck if an enclosed cargo space on the
bulkhead deck that is internally drained in accordance with paragraph
(a)(4) of this section extends the entire length of the vessel. Where
the enclosed cargo space extends a lesser length, D must be taken as the
sum of the molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead deck plus lh/L where l
and h are the aggregate length and height (in feet) of the enclosed
cargo space.
(3) For vessels of 150 gross tons and over, no main suction piping
shall be less than 2\1/2\ inches internal diameter. Branch piping need
not be more than 4 inches and shall not be less than 2 inches in
diameter except for drainage of small pockets or spaces in which case
1\1/2\-inch diameter may be used. For vessels less than 150 gross tons
no bilge suction shall be less than 1\1/2\ inches internal diameter and
no branch piping shall be less than 1 inch nominal pipe size.
(4) For vessels of 65 feet in length or less and not engaged on an
international voyage, the bilge pipe sizes computed by Formulas (1) and
(2) of this paragraph are not mandatory, but in no case shall the size
be less than 1 inch nominal pipe size.
(5) The number, location, and size of bilge suctions in the boiler
and machinery compartments shall be determined when the piping plans are
submitted for approval and shall be based
[[Page 201]]
upon the size of the compartments and the drainage arrangements.
(e) Independent bilge suction. One of the independent bilge pumps
must have a suction of a diameter not less than that given by Formula
(2) in paragraph (d) of this section that is led directly from the
engine room bilge entirely independent of the bilge main, and on
passenger vessels each independent bilge pump located in the machinery
spaces must have such direct suctions from these spaces, except that not
more than two pumps are required to have direct suctions from any one
space. A suction that is led directly from a suitably located pump
manifold may be considered to be independent of the bilge main. Where
two direct suctions are required in any one compartment on passenger
vessels, one suction must be located on each side of the compartment. If
watertight bulkheads separate the engine and boiler rooms, a direct
suction or suctions must be fitted to each compartment unless the pumps
available for bilge service are distributed throughout these
compartments, in which case at least one pump in each such compartment
must be fitted with direct suction in its compartment. In a vessel with
more than one hull, there must be one bilge pump that has an independent
bilge suction in each hull. In a column stabilized mobile offshore
drilling unit, the independent bilge suction must be from the pumproom
bilge.
(f) Emergency bilge suctions. In addition to the independent bilge
suction(s) required by paragraph (e) of this section, an emergency bilge
suction must be provided in the machinery space for all self-propelled
vessels as described in the following subparagraphs. Emergency suctions
must be provided from pumps other than those required by Sec. 56.50-
55(a) of this part. Such suctions must have nonreturn valves, and must
meet the following criteria as appropriate:
(1) On passenger vessels propelled by steam and operating on an
international voyage or on ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes routes, the
main circulating pump is to be fitted with a direct bilge suction for
the machinery space. The diameter of such suctions shall not be less
than two-thirds the diameter of the main sea injection. When it can be
shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the main circulating
pump is not suitable for emergency bilge service, a direct emergency
bilge suction is to be led from the largest available independent power
driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space. The suction is
to be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used and the
capacity of the pump shall exceed that of a required main bilge pump.
(2) On passenger vessels propelled by internal combustion engines
and operating on an international voyage or on ocean, coastwise, or
Great Lakes routes, the largest available pump in the engine room is to
be fitted with the direct bilge suction in the machinery space except
that a required bilge pump may not be used. The area of the suction pipe
is to be equal to the full suction inlet of the pump. The discharge
capacity of the pump selected shall exceed the capacity of the required
main bilge pump.
(3) Vessels over 180 feet in length which are not passenger vessels
and which operate on international voyages or in ocean, coastwise, or
Great Lakes service, must be provided with a direct emergency bilge
suction from any pump in the machinery space, except that a required
bilge pump may not be used. The discharge capacity of the pump selected
must exceed the capacity of the required main bilge pump and the area of
the suction inlet is to be equal to the full suction inlet of the pump.
(4) Vessels under 180 feet in length need not provide an emergency
bilge suction, except that passenger vessels shall comply with the
requirements of paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section.
(5) Each vessel with more than one hull must have an emergency bilge
suction in each hull.
(6) Each column stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit must have--
(i) An emergency bilge suction in each hull; and
(ii) A remote control for the emergency pump and associated valves
that can be operated from the ballast control room.
[[Page 202]]
(g) Each individual bilge suction shall be fitted with a suitable
bilge strainer having an open area of not less than three times at of
the suction pipe. In addition a mud box or basket strainer shall be
fitted in an accessible position between the bilge suction manifold and
the pump.
(h) Pipes for draining cargo holds or machinery spaces must be
separate from pipes which are used for filling or emptying tanks where
water or oil is carried. Bilge and ballast piping systems must be so
arranged as to prevent oil or water from the sea or ballast spaces from
passing into cargo holds or machinery spaces, or from passing from one
compartment to another, whether from the sea, water ballast, or oil
tanks, by the appropriate installation of stop and non-return valves.
The bilge and ballast mains must be fitted with separate control valves
at the pumps. Except as allowed by paragraph (c)(4)(vii) of this
section, piping for draining a cargo hold or machinery space must be
separate from piping used for filling or emptying any tank where water
or oil is carried. Piping for bilge and ballast must be arranged so as
to prevent, by the appropriate installation of stop and non-return
valves, oil or water from the sea or ballast spaces from passing into a
cargo hold or machinery space, or from passing from one compartment to
another, regardless of the source. The bilge and ballast mains must be
fitted with separate control valves at the pumps.
(i) Ballast piping shall not be installed to any hull compartment of
a wood vessel. Where the carriage of liquid ballast in such vessels is
necessary, suitable ballast tanks, structurally independent of the hull,
shall be provided.
(j) When dry cargo is to be carried in deep tanks, arrangement shall
be made for disconnecting or blanking-off the oil and ballast lines, and
the bilge suctions shall be disconnected or blanked-off when oil or
ballast is carried. Blind flanges or reversible pipe fittings may be
employed for this purpose.
(k) Where bilge and ballast piping is led through tanks, except
ballast piping in ballast tanks, means must be provided to minimize the
risk of flooding of other spaces due to pipe failure within the tanks.
In this regard, such piping may be in an oiltight or watertight pipe
tunnel, or the piping may be of Schedule 80 pipe wall thickness, fitted
with expansion bends, and all joints within the tanks are welded.
Alternative designs may be installed as approved by the Marine Safety
Center. Where a pipe tunnel is installed, the watertight integrity of
the bulkheads must be maintained. No valve or fitting may be located
within the tunnel if the pipe tunnel is not of sufficient size to afford
easy access. These requirements need not be met provided the contents of
the tank and piping system are chemically compatible and strength and
stability calculations are submitted showing that crossflooding
resulting from a pipe, the tank, and the spaces through which the piping
passes will not seriously affect the safety of the ship, including the
launching of lifeboats due to the ship's listing. Bilge lines led
through tanks without a pipe tunnel must be fitted with nonreturn valves
at the bilge suctions.
(l) When bilge pumps are utilized for other services, the piping
shall be so arranged that under any condition at least one pump will be
available for drainage of the vessel through an overboard discharge,
while the other pump(s) are being used for a different service.
(m) All bilge pipes used in or under fuel storage tanks or in the
boiler or machinery space, including spaces in which oil settling tanks
or oil pumping units are located, shall be of steel or other acceptable
material.
(n) Oil pollution prevention requirements for bilge and ballast
systems are contained in subpart B of part 155, Title 33, Code of
Federal Regulations.
Note: For the purposes of this section, a pumproom is a machinery
space on a column stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-58R, 39 FR 18767, May 30, 1974; 79-165a,
45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55
FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995; CGD 95-
028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]
Sec. 56.50-55 Bilge pumps.
(a) Self-propelled vessels. (1) Each self-propelled vessel must be
provided with
[[Page 203]]
a power-driven pump or pumps connected to the bilge main as required by
Table 56.50-55(a).
Table 56.50-55(a)--Power Bilge Pumps Required for Self-Propelled Vessels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passenger vessels \1\ Dry-cargo vessels Tank Mobile
------------------------------------- \2\ vessels offshore
--------------------------------- drilling
Ocean, Ocean, units
Vessel length, in feet International coast- All other coast- ----------
voyages \3\ wise and waters wise and All All
Great Great waters waters All
Lakes Lakes waters
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
180[foot] or more.............. \4\ 3 \4\ 3 2 2 2 2 2
Below 180[foot] and exceeding \4\ 3 \5\ 2 \5\ 2 \5\ 2 \5\ 2 2 2
65[foot]......................
65[foot] or less............... 3 1 1 1 1 1 .........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Small passenger vessels under 100 gross tons refer to Subpart 182.520 of Subchapter T (Small Passenger
Vessel) of this chapter.
\2\ Dry-bulk carriers having ballast pumps connected to the tanks outside the engineroom and to the cargo hold
may substitute the appropriate requirements for tank vessels.
\3\ Not applicable to passenger vessels which do not proceed more than 20 mile from the nearest land, or which
are employed in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades.
\4\ When the criterion numeral exceeds 30, an additional independent power-driven pump is required. (See Part
171 of this chapter for determination of criterion numeral.)
\5\ Vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers where steam is always available,
or where a suitable water supply is available from a power-driven pump of adequate pressure and capacity, may
substitute siphons or eductors for one of the required power-driven pumps, provided a siphon or eductor is
permanently installed in each hold or compartment.
(b) Nonself-propelled vessels. (1) Ocean going sailing vessels and
barges shall be provided with pumps connected to the bilge main as
required in Table 56.50-55(b)(1).
Table 56.50-55(b)(1)--Bilge Pumps Required for Nonself-Propelled Vessels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of vessel Waters navigated Power pumps (1) Hand pumps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sailing............................. Ocean and coastwise......... Two........................ (2)
Manned barges....................... ......do.................... Two........................ (2)
Manned barges....................... Other than ocean and (3)........................ (3)
coastwise.
Unmanned barges..................... All waters.................. (3)........................ (3)
Mobile offshore drilling units...... All waters.................. Two........................ None.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Where power is always available, independent power bilge pumps shall be installed as required and shall be
connected to the bilge main.
\2\ Efficient hand pumps connected to the bilge main may be substituted for the power pumps. Where there is no
common bilge main, one hand pump will be required for each compartment.
\3\ Suitable hand or power pumps or siphons, portable or fixed, carried either on board the barge or on the
towing vessel shall be provided.
(2) The pumps and source of power for operation on oceangoing
sailing vessels and barges shall be located above the bulkhead deck or
at the highest convenient level which is always accessible.
(3) Each hull of a vessel with more than one hull, such as a
catamaran, must meet Table 56.50-55(b).
(c) Capacity of independent power bilge pump. Each power bilge pump
must have the capacity to develop a suction velocity of not less than
400 feet per minute through the size of bilge main piping required by
Sec. 56.50-50(d)(1) of this part under ordinary conditions; except
that, for vessels of less than 65 feet in length not engaged on
international voyages, the pump must have a minimum capacity of 25
gallons per minute and need not meet the velocity requirement of this
paragraph.
(d) Priming. Suitable means shall be provided for priming
centrifugal pumps which are not of the self-priming type.
(e) Location. (1) For self-propelled vessels, if the engines and
boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the bilge pumps must
be distributed throughout these compartments. On other self-propelled
vessels and mobile offshore drilling units, the bilge pumps must be in
separate compartments to the extent practicable. When the location of
bilge pumps in separate watertight compartments is not practicable,
[[Page 204]]
alternative arrangements may be submitted for consideration by the
Marine Safety Center.
(2) For nonself-propelled vessels requiring two bilge pumps, these
pumps, insofar as practicable, shall be located in separate watertight
machinery spaces. When the location of bilge pumps in separate
watertight compartments is not possible, the Commandant will consider
alternate arrangements of the bilge pumps.
(3) The emergency bilge pumps shall not be installed in a passenger
ship forward of the collision bulkhead.
(4) Each hull of a vessel with more than one hull must have at least
two means for pumping the bilges in each hull. No multi-hulled vessel
may operate unless one of these means is available to pump each bilge.
(f) Other pumps. Sanitary, ballast, and general service pumps having
the required capacity may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps
if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR
51007, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968,
Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24773, May 10, 1995; USCG-2004-18884, 69
FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004]
Sec. 56.50-57 Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.
(a) If a passenger vessel complies with Sec. Sec. 171.075 and
171.082 of this chapter, its bilge pumping and piping systems must meet
Sec. Sec. 56.50-50 and 56.50-55, except as follows:
(1) Each bilge pumping system must comply with--
(i) Regulation 19(b) of the Annex to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in
place of Sec. Sec. 56.50-55(a)(1), 56.50-55(a)(3), and 56.50-55(f);
(ii) Regulation 19(d) of the Annex to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII)
in place of Sec. 56.50-55(a)(2).
(2) Each bilge main must comply with Regulation 19(i) of the Annex
to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place of Sec. 56.50-50(d) except--
(i) The nearest commercial pipe size may be used if it is not more
than one-fourth inch under the required diameter; and
(ii) Each branch pipe must comply with Sec. 56.50-50(d)(2).
(b) The standards referred to in this section, which are contained
in the Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO)
Resolution A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, are incorporated by
reference. This document is available from the National Technical
Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, 22151, under the title
``Regulations on Subdivision and Stability of Passenger Ships as
Equivalent to part B of chapter II of the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960'' (Volume IV of the U.S. Coast Guard's
``Commandant's International Technical Series'', USCG CITS-74-1-1.)
[CGD 76-053, 47 FR 37553, Aug. 26, 1982, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR
51007, Nov. 4, 1983]
Sec. 56.50-60 Systems containing oil.
(a)(1) Oil-piping systems for the transfer or discharge of cargo or
fuel oil must be separate from other piping systems as far as
practicable, and positive means shall be provided to prevent
interconnection in service.
(2) Fuel oil and cargo oil systems may be combined if the cargo oil
systems contain only Grade E oils and have no connection to cargo
systems containing grades of oil with lower flash points or hazardous
substances.
(3) Pumps used to transfer oil must have no discharge connections to
fire mains, boiler feed systems, or condensers unless approved positive
means are provided to prevent oil from being accidentally discharged
into any of the aforementioned systems.
(b) When oil needs to be heated to lower its viscosity, heating
coils must be properly installed in each tank.
(1) Each drain from a heating coil as well as each drain from an oil
heater must run to an open inspection tank or other suitable oil
detector before returning to the feed system.
(2) As far as practicable, no part of the fuel-oil system containing
heated oil under pressure exceeding 180 KPa (26 psi) may be placed in a
concealed position so that defects and leakage cannot be readily
observed. Each machinery space containing a part of the
[[Page 205]]
system must be adequately illuminated.
(c) Filling pipes may be led directly from the deck into the tanks
or to a manifold in an accessible location permanently marked to
indicate the tanks to which they are connected. A shutoff valve must be
fitted at each filling end. Oil piping must not be led through
accommodation spaces, except that low pressure fill piping not normally
used at sea may pass through accommodation spaces if it is of steel
construction, all welded, and not concealed.
(d) Piping subject to internal head pressure from oil in the tank
must be fitted with positive shutoff valves located at the tank.
(1) Valves installed on the outside of the oil tanks must be made of
steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A395, or a ductile nonferrous alloy having
a melting point above 1,700 [deg]F and must be arranged with a means of
manual control locally at the valve and remotely from a readily
accessible and safe location outside of the compartment in which the
valves are located.
(i) In the special case of a deep tank in any shaft tunnel, piping
tunnel, or similar space, one or more valves must be fitted on the tank,
but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an
additional valve on the piping outside the tunnel or similar space. Any
such additional valve installed inside a machinery space must be capable
of being operated from outside this space.
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) If valves are installed on the inside of the tank, they may be
made of cast iron and arranged for remote control only. Additional
valves for local control must be located in the space where the system
exits from the tank or adjacent tanks. Valves for local control outside
the tanks must be made of steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A 395
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 56.01-2), or a ductile nonferrous
alloy having a melting point above 1,700 [deg]F.
(3) Power operated valves installed to comply with the requirements
of this section must meet the following requirements:
(i) Valve actuators must be capable of closing the valves under all
conditions, except during physical interruption of the power system
(e.g., cable breakage or tube rupture). Fluid power actuated valves,
other than those opened against spring pressure, must be provided with
an energy storage system which is protected, as far as practicable, from
fire and collision. The storage system must be used for no other purpose
and must have sufficient capacity to cycle all connected valves from the
initial valve position to the opposite position and return. The cross
connection of this system to an alternate power supply will be given
special consideration by the Marine Safety Center.
(ii) The valve shall have a local power actuator to both open and
close the valve unless local manual opening operation will not prevent
remote closing of the valve.
(iii) The positioning of the valve by either the local or remote
actuators shall not void the ability of the other actuator to close the
valve.
(iv) The valve shall be provided with a means of emergency manual
operation to both open and close the valve regardless of the status of
the power operating system. Such manual operation may interfere with the
power operation, and if so, shall be protected from causal use by means
of covers, locking devices, or other suitable means. Instructions and
warnings regarding the emergency system shall be conspicuously posted at
the valve.
(4) Remote operation for shutoff valves on small independent oil
tanks will be specially considered in each case where the size of tanks
and their location may warrant the omission of remote operating rods.
(e) Fuel oil tanks overhanging boilers are prohibited.
(f) Valves for drawing fuel or draining water from fuel are not
permitted in fuel oil systems except that a single valve may be
permitted in the case of diesel driven machinery if suitably located
within the machinery space away from any potential source of ignition.
Such a valve shall be fitted with a cap or a plug to prevent leakage.
(g) Test cocks must not be fitted to fuel oil or cargo oil tanks.
(h) Oil piping must not run through feed or potable water tanks.
Feed or
[[Page 206]]
potable water piping must not pass through oil tanks.
(i) Where flooding equalizing cross-connections between fuel or
cargo tanks are required for stability considerations, the arrangement
must be approved by the Marine Safety Center.
(j) Piping conveying oil must be run well away from hot surfaces
wherever possible. Where such leads are unavoidable, only welded joints
are to be used, or alternatively, suitable shields are to be fitted in
the way of flanged or mechanical pipe joints when welded joints are not
practicable. Piping that conveys fuel oil or lubricating oil to
equipment and is in the proximity of equipment or lines having an open
flame or having parts operating above 500 [deg]F must be of seamless
steel. (See Sec. 56.50-65 of this part.)
(k) Oil piping drains, strainers and other equipment subject to
normal oil leakage must be fitted with drip pans or other means to
prevent oil draining into the bilge.
(l) Where oil piping passes through a non-oil tank without stop
valves complying with paragraph (d) of this section installed at all
tank penetrations, the piping must comply with Sec. 56.50-50(k).
(m) Each arrangement for the storage, distribution, and use of oil
in a pressure-lubrication system must--
(1) As well as comply with Sec. 56.50-80, be such as to ensure the
safety of the vessel and all persons aboard; and
(2) In a machinery space, meet the applicable requirements of
Sec. Sec. 56.50-60 (b)(2) and (d), 56.50-85(a)(11), 56.50-90 (c) and
(d), and 58.01-55(f) of this subchapter. No arrangement need comply with
Sec. 56.50-90 (c)(1) and (c)(3) of this subchapter if the sounding pipe
is fitted with an effective means of closure, such as a threaded cap or
plug or other means acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine
Inspection. The use of flexible piping or hose is permitted in
accordance with the applicable requirements of Sec. Sec. 56.35-10,
56.35-15, and 56.60-25(c).
(n) Each arrangement for the storage, distribution, and use of any
other flammable oil employed under pressure in a power transmission-
system, control and activating system, or heating system must be such as
to ensure the safety of the vessel and all persons aboard by--
(1) Complying with Subpart 58.30 of this subchapter; and,
(2) Where means of ignition are present, meeting the applicable
requirements of Sec. Sec. 56.50-85(a)(11), 56.50-90 (c) and (d), and
58.01-55(f) of this subchapter. Each pipe and its valves and fittings
must be of steel or other approved material, except that the use of
flexible piping or hose is permitted in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Sec. Sec. 56.35-10, 56.35-15, and 56.60-25(c).
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-
140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043,
60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; USCG-2000-7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000;
USCG-2004-18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004]
Sec. 56.50-65 Burner fuel-oil service systems.
(a) All discharge piping from the fuel oil service pumps to burners
must be seamless steel with a thickness of at least Schedule 80. If
required by Sec. 56.07-10(e) of this part or paragraph 104.1.2 of ANSI
B31.1, the thickness must be greater than Schedule 80. Short lengths of
steel, or annealed copper nickel, nickel copper, or copper pipe and
tubing may be used between the fuel oil burner front header manifold and
the atomizer head to provide flexibility. All material used must meet
the requirements of subpart 56.60 of this part. The use of non-metallic
materials is prohibited. The thickness of the short lengths must not be
less than the larger of 0.9 mm (0.35 inch) or that required by Sec.
56.07-10(e) of this part. Flexible metallic tubing for this application
may be used when approved by the Marine Safety Center. Tubing fittings
must be of the flared type except that flareless fittings of the nonbite
type may be used when the tubing is steel, nickel copper or copper
nickel.
(b)(1) All vessels having oil fired boilers must have at least two
fuel service pumps, each of sufficient capacity to supply all the
boilers at full power, and arranged so that one may be overhauled while
the other is in service. At
[[Page 207]]
least two fuel oil heaters of approximately equal capacity must be
installed and so arranged that any heater may be overhauled while the
other(s) is (are) in service. Suction and discharge strainers must be of
the duplex or other type capable of being cleaned without interrupting
the oil supply.
(2) All auxiliary boilers, except those furnishing steam for vital
equipment and fire extinguishing purposes other than duplicate
installations, may be equipped with a single fuel oil service pump and a
single fuel oil heater. Such pumps need not be fitted with discharge
strainers.
(3) Strainers must be located so as to preclude the possibility of
spraying oil on the burner or boiler casing, or be provided with spray
shields. Coamings, drip pans, etc., must be fitted under fuel oil
service pumps, heaters, etc., where necessary to prevent oil drainage to
the bilge.
(4) Boilers burning fuel oils of low viscosity need not be equipped
with fuel oil heaters, provided acceptable evidence is furnished to
indicate that satisfactory combustion will be obtained without the use
of heaters.
(c) Piping between service pumps and burners shall be located so as
to be readily observable, and all bolted flange joints shall be provided
with a wrap around deflector to deflect spray in case of a leak. The
relief valve located at the pump and the relief valves fitted to the
fuel oil heaters shall discharge back into the settling tank or the
suction side of the pump. The return line from the burners shall be so
arranged that the suction piping cannot be subjected to discharge
pressure.
(d) If threaded-bonnet valves are employed, they shall be of the
union-bonnet type capable of being packed under pressure.
(e) Unions shall not be used for pipe diameters of 1 inch and above.
(f) Boiler header valves of the quick closing type shall be
installed in the fuel supply lines as close to the boiler front header
as practicable. The location is to be accessible to the operator or
remotely controlled.
(g) Bushings and street ells are not permitted in fuel oil discharge
piping.
(h) Each fuel-oil service pump must be equipped with controls as
required by Sec. 58.01-25 of this subchapter.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35
FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83-
043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995]
Sec. 56.50-70 Gasoline fuel systems.
(a) Material. (1) Fuel supply piping to the engines shall be of
seamless drawn annealed copper pipe or tubing, nickel copper, or copper
nickel pipe or tubing meeting the requirements of subpart 56.60.
(2) Tubing wall thicknesses shall not be less than the larger of
that shown in Table 56.50-70(a), or as required by Sec. 56.07-10(e) and
104.1.2 of ANSI-B31.1.
(3) Tubing fittings shall be of nonferrous drawn or forged metal and
of the flared type except that the flareless fittings of the nonbite
type may be used when the tubing system is of nickel copper or copper
nickel. Tubing shall be cut square and flared by suitable tools. Tube
ends shall be annealed before flaring. Pipe fittings shall be of
nonferrous material. Pipe thread joints shall be made tight with a
suitable compound.
(4) Valves for fuel lines shall be of nonferrous material of the
union bonnet type with ground seats except that cocks may be used if
they are the solid bottom type with tapered plugs and union bonnets.
Table 56.50-70(a)--Tubing Wall Thickness
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thickness
Outside diameter of tubing in inches ---------------------
B.W.G. Inch
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1/8\, \3/16\, \1/4\.............................. 0.032
21
\5/16\, \3/8\..................................... .035
20
\7/16\, \1/2\.....................................